Commonwealth of Australia Explanatory Memoranda

[Index] [Search] [Download] [Bill] [Help]


CORPORATIONS LEGISLATION AMENDMENT (FINANCIAL SERVICES MODERNISATION) BILL 2009

2008-2009




               THE PARLIAMENT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA











                          HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES











 Corporations Legislation Amendment (Financial Services Modernisation) Bill
                                    2009














                           EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM














                     (Circulated by the authority of the
                         Minister for Human Services
      Minister for Financial Services, Superannuation and Corporate Law
                           the Hon Chris Bowen MP)



Table of contents


Glossary    1


General outline and financial impact    3


Chapter 1    Margin loans    9


Chapter 2    Regulation of trustee companies 33


Chapter 3    Regulation of debentures   83


Chapter 4    Technical amendment relating to jurisdiction of courts 89


Chapter 5    Regulation impact statement - Margin loans  91


Chapter 6    Regulation impact statement - Margin loans - Attachment A
              109


Chapter 7    Regulation impact statement - Commonwealth regulation of
              trustee companies    141


Chapter 8    Regulation impact statement - Harmonisation of the treatment
              of debentures and promissory notes   183


Index 201










Glossary

         The following abbreviations and acronyms are used in this
         explanatory memorandum.

|Abbreviation          |Definition                 |
|ABN                   |Australian business number |
|ACN                   |Australian company number  |
|AFSL                  |Australian financial       |
|                      |services licence           |
|AML                   |Australian market licence  |
|APRA                  |Australian Prudential      |
|                      |Regulation Authority       |
|ASIC                  |Australian Securities and  |
|                      |Investments Commission     |
|ASIC Act              |Australian Securities and  |
|                      |Investments Commission Act |
|                      |2001                       |
|ASX                   |Australian Securities      |
|                      |Exchange                   |
|Bill                  |Corporations Legislation   |
|                      |Amendment (Financial       |
|                      |Services Modernisation)    |
|                      |Bill 2009                  |
|CGT                   |capital gains tax          |
|COAG                  |Council of Australian      |
|                      |Governments                |
|Corporations Act      |Corporations Act 2001      |
|CS facility licence   |Australian clearing and    |
|                      |settlement facility licence|
|EDR Scheme            |External Dispute Resolution|
|                      |Scheme                     |
|FSG                   |Financial Services Guide   |
|Green Paper           |The Government's Green     |
|                      |Paper issued in June 2008  |
|                      |titled:  Financial Services|
|                      |and Credit Reform:         |
|                      |Improving, Simplifying and |
|                      |Standardising Financial    |
|                      |Services and Credit Reform |
|GST                   |goods and services tax     |
|IDR                   |internal dispute resolution|
|Legislative           |Legislative Instruments Act|
|Instruments Act       |2003                       |
|LUR                   |loan-to-value ratio        |
|Minister              |Minister responsible for   |
|                      |administering the          |
|                      |Corporations Act determined|
|                      |in accordance with section |
|                      |19A of the Acts            |
|                      |Interpretation Act 1901    |
|PDS                   |product disclosure         |
|                      |statement                  |
|regulations           |Corporations Regulations   |
|                      |2001                       |
|RG                    |(ASIC) Regulatory Guide    |
|RSEs                  |Registrable Superannuation |
|                      |Entity licensees           |
|SoA                   |Statement of Advice        |
|TCA                   |Trustee Corporations       |
|                      |Association of Australia   |

General outline and financial impact

General background

         The Council of Australian Governments (COAG) reached an in-
         principle agreement on 26 March 2008 that the Australian Government
         would assume responsibility for regulating mortgage credit and
         advice, margin loans and trustee companies.
         In June 2008, the Australian Government issued the Green Paper
         Financial Services and Credit Reform:  Improving, Simplifying and
         Standardising Financial Services and Credit Reform.  The paper
         sought feedback on possible reforms to the regulation of a number
         of areas in the financial services sector through the Corporations
         Act 2001 (Corporations Act).  These areas included margin loans,
         trustee companies and debentures.
         Following on from that process, the Australian Government issued an
         exposure draft of a Bill setting out a number of proposed
         amendments relating to margin lending, trustee companies and
         debentures regulation.  A substantial number of submissions were
         received and appropriate changes were made to the draft legislation
         following consideration of the issues raised.
         The Corporations Legislation Amendment (Financial Services
         Modernisation) Bill 2009 (Bill) contains proposed measures on:

                . Margin lending:  Margin loans are to be included as
                  financial products for the purposes of Chapter 7 in the
                  Corporations Act.  Margin loans to date have been
                  inconsistently regulated.  Inclusion in the Corporations
                  Act will establish an investor protection regime by
                  ensuring that providers of financial services in relation
                  to margin loans will be subject to the licensing, conduct
                  and disclosure requirements in Chapter 7 as well as
                  supervision and enforcement action by the Australian
                  Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC).  In addition
                  two key new measures are being introduced to address
                  specific investor protection issues arising for margin
                  loans:


                  - a new responsible lending requirement, prescribing that
                    margin loan lenders must make an assessment of whether a
                    proposed loan will be unsuitable for a client, and to
                    not make the loan if it is found to be unsuitable; and


                  - a provision regulating the notification of margin calls
                    to clients, especially where the loan has been arranged
                    through a financial planner.


                . Trustee companies:  A new chapter (5D) is to be inserted
                  into the Corporations Act to transfer regulation of
                  trustee companies from the States and Territories to the
                  Commonwealth.  These changes will harmonise the regulation
                  of trustee companies, thereby reducing the regulatory
                  burden on these companies while creating a national market
                  for trustee services.  The new chapter will also protect
                  consumers by establishing a national consumer protection
                  and disclosure regime under the Corporations Act and the
                  Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001
                  (ASIC Act).  The new legislation will:


                  - authorise certain corporations to operate as trustee
                    companies and require them to hold an Australian
                    financial services licence (AFSL);


                  - deem 'traditional trustee company services' to be
                    'financial services' for the purposes of the
                    Corporations Act;


                  - provide that ASIC will regulate trustee companies in
                    the provision of these traditional services;


                  - apply the consumer protection (licensing, conduct,
                    disclosure, advice and dispute resolution) provisions of
                    the Corporations Act and the ASIC Act, as modified;


                  - regulate the fees that trustee companies may charge, and
                    how those fees are disclosed; and


                  - prohibit a company that is not a trustee company from
                    providing traditional trustee company services.


                . Debentures regulation:  Amendments are proposed relating
                  to the harmonisation of the regulation of debentures and
                  promissory notes, and the creation of a debentures trustee
                  register.  The two proposed changes are as follows:


                  - a promissory note with a face value of at least $50,000
                    will now be included under the definition of a
                    debenture.  This measure should assist in ensuring that
                    there are no further attempts to avoid the operation of
                    the law in relation to the issue of promissory notes;
                    and


                  - the creation of a publicly available register of
                    trustees for debenture holders.


                . Technical amendment:  It is proposed to correct an
                  omission in subsection 1338B(8) of the Corporations Act
                  relating to the jurisdiction of State and Territory courts
                  with respect to certain offences.


         Dates of effect:


         Margin loans - The amendments take effect on a day to be fixed by
         Proclamation or the expiry of the period of six months beginning on
         the day on which the Bill receives Royal Assent, whichever is the
         earlier.


         Trustee companies - The amendments take effect on a day to be fixed
         by Proclamation or the expiry of the period of six months beginning
         on the day on which the Bill receives Royal Assent, whichever is
         the earlier.


         Debentures - The amendment relating to the harmonisation of the
         regulation of promissory notes takes effect on the day Royal Assent
         is received.  The amendments relating to the establishment of the
         register of debenture trustees take effect on a day to be fixed by
         Proclamation or the expiry of the period of six months beginning on
         the day on which the Bill receives Royal Assent, whichever is the
         earlier.


         Technical amendment - The amendment takes effect on the day
         Royal Assent is received.


         Financial impacts:


         Margin loans - The Government has provided $70.2 million over
         four years to implement the decision of the COAG to transfer
         responsibility for regulating consumer credit to the Commonwealth
         as part of the 2008-09 Mid-year Economic and Fiscal Outlook
         (MYEFO).  This Bill includes measures to give effect to part of
         that transfer relating to the regulation of margin loans.


         The funding will support the establishment of a national licensing
         regime applying to all credit providers, advisers and brokers with
         ASIC as the sole regulator.  It will also support the national
         regulation of mortgages, margin lending, personal and business
         loans, credit cards and payday lending.  The funding will be
         partially offset by revenue raised from fees required to be paid by
         persons under the national regulatory framework, including
         licensing fees, commencing from 2009-10.  The revenue generated
         from licensing fees will depend on the number and type of the
         persons seeking registration.


         Trustee companies - The financial impact is expected to be absorbed
         in ASIC's current budget.


         Debentures - Has no significant impact on Commonwealth expenditure
         or revenue.


         Technical amendment - Nil.


         Compliance cost impacts:


         Margin loans - Low to medium - these measures will create
         additional compliance costs for margin loan lenders and advisers,
         as they will be required to obtain a licence from ASIC and comply
         with a range of conduct and disclosure requirements.


         Trustee companies - Low to medium - while there will be compliance
         costs associated with a client protection regime, for example,
         requirements for reporting and dispute resolution, these would be
         relatively minimal.


         Debentures - These measures affect only a small number of
         businesses and have a low cost impact.


         Technical amendment - Nil.


Summary of regulation impact statement


Regulation impact on business


Margin loans:


         Impact:  This measure affects financial services providers offering
         and advising on margin loans as their services become subject to a
         comprehensive range of licensing, conduct and disclosure
         requirements.


         Main points:


                . Persons providing and advising on margin loans will be
                  required to obtain an AFSL.  They will be subject to
                  supervision and enforcement by ASIC.


                . Such persons will become subject to the requirements
                  imposed on AFSL holders in Chapter 7 of the Corporations
                  Act.  These requirements include, among other things,
                  obligations to put appropriate compensation and dispute
                  resolution arrangements in place, provide prescribed
                  disclosure documents to their clients and observe a range
                  of conduct requirements.


                . Consumers are the main beneficiaries of the amendments
                  introduced in the Bill.  They will benefit from the
                  requirements for AFSL holders to be properly trained and
                  resourced, access to free dispute resolution services,
                  targeted and regulated disclosure documents, the
                  responsible lending provisions and other protections in
                  the new margin loan regulatory regime.


Trustee companies:


         Impact:  This measure affects companies offering traditional
         trustee company services, as they will be subject to a range of
         licensing, conduct and disclosure requirements (however, such
         companies already hold AFSLs covering other services).  They will
         also be subject to internal and external dispute resolution
         mechanisms and compensation arrangements.


         Main points:


                . Trustee companies will benefit from a single licensing
                  regime with transparency and objective criteria.
                  Directors will be relieved of personal liability
                  obligations, except in the limited circumstances
                  prescribed by the Corporations Act.


                . Trustee companies will be subject to a 15 per cent limit
                  on individual voting power and, in cases of loss of
                  licence, may be subject to compulsory transfer of their
                  assets and liabilities.


                . Consumers will benefit from greater fee disclosure, a
                  uniform fee regulation regime and low cost dispute
                  resolution.


Debentures:


         Impact:  The impact of the harmonisation measure is expected to be
         low as the number of businesses affected by the change is
         understood to be relatively small.


         Main points:


                . It is expected that only a small number of businesses will
                  be affected by the change.


                . The major cost will be for trustee arrangements to be
                  established for issues falling within the new definition,
                  but these costs are not expected to be high.


                . Only one party responded in the consultation period, and
                  that party supported the change.


Technical amendment


         Impact:  None.






Chapter 1
Margin loans

Outline of chapter


      1. Schedule 1 to the Corporations Legislation Amendment (Financial
         Services Modernisation) Bill 2009 (Bill) amends the Corporations
         Act 2001 (Corporations Act) to set out a national regulatory regime
         for margin loans.  Such loans are not directly regulated and are
         not subject to the state based consumer credit law.


      1. The national regulatory regime for margin loans is established by
         including margin loans as a financial product in Chapter 7 of the
         Corporations Act.  Chapter 7 regulates the provision of financial
         services supplied in relation to financial products (which are
         primarily of an investment nature).  As margin loans are a form of
         credit widely used to finance acquisitions of investment-related
         financial products, Chapter 7 is considered to provide the
         appropriate regulatory setting for the regulation of margin loans.


      2. Chapter 7 does not fully cover all aspects of margin loans as the
         regulatory regime was not originally designed for credit products.
         Accordingly, a number of adjustments are necessary to ensure the
         regime fits the characteristics of margin loans and that an
         appropriate level of investor protection is provided.


Context of amendments


      3. A margin lending facility allows an investor to borrow money to
         invest in securities and other financial products against the
         security of any equity contribution, usually in the form of
         financial products.


      4. Depending on the margin lending product and the provider,
         securities and other financial products may include listed shares,
         fixed interest securities and units in managed funds.  In practice,
         margin loans are usually only available to fund purchases of
         'approved' securities that the lender regards as acceptable from a
         risk and liquidity perspective.  However, funds raised by way of a
         margin loan could potentially be used to purchase other financial
         products, goods or services.


      5. Margin loan facilities are based on contractual arrangements
         between the lender and the client.  Primary disclosure of the terms
         and conditions governing the loan occurs through the lending
         agreement signed between the two parties.  As this disclosure is
         not currently regulated, it is not clear that investors are fully
         aware of the risks associated with a margin lending product.


      6. The amount an investor can borrow generally depends on the loan-to-
         value ratio (LVR) offered by a lender for the securities or other
         financial products.  The lender may reserve the power to change the
         assessed market value and LVR of a security at any time.


      7. The money that the investor borrows in a margin loan is generally
         secured by these underlying investments.  The investor retains
         legal rights over the investments.


      8. However, an investor can also provide other assets, such as their
         home or investment properties, as security for the loan.


      9. Repayment of a margin loan may be required in the event the
         investment is subject to a 'margin call'.  A margin call occurs
         where the market value of the investments falls below the level
         agreed under the contract (margin).  The borrower is then required
         to take action in order to return the margin loan LVR back to the
         agreed level.  Lenders usually provide a 'buffer' above the LVR
         rate before initiating a margin call, which may or may not form
         part of the terms of the margin loan agreement.


     10. When there is a margin call, the investor is required to adjust the
         level of assets securing the loan to return the portfolio to the
         agreed limits set under the contract.  This can be done by paying
         extra cash, selling some of the assets, or giving the lender
         additional security.


     11. A lender has recourse to the underlying security if there is a
         default on the terms or conditions of the loan and retains the
         right to take action against the borrower personally for such
         defaults.


     12. Margin lending has grown strongly in recent years, with recent
         marketing of margin lending extending from high net worth
         individuals who generally are experienced investors, to a wider
         circle of retail investors.  However, due to current market
         conditions, levels of lending have started to fall.


     13. Margin loans are closely related to other financial products, such
         as shares or managed investments, which are already regulated under
         Chapter 7.


Current legislative framework


     14. Currently, margin lending facilities are not regulated as a
         financial product, or subject to Australian Securities and
         Investments Commission (ASIC) regulation relating to financial
         services.  This is because the term 'financial product' in the
         relevant legislation does not cover credit products (such as margin
         loans) as a result of the current referral agreement with the
         States and Territories.  Further, State and Territory legislation
         governing consumer credit (the Uniform Consumer Credit Code)
         excludes investment loans such as margin lending.


     15. However, there are regulatory measures which capture aspects of the
         margin lending product.  This includes:


                . The Australian Securities and Investments Commission
                  Act 2001 (ASIC Act) gives ASIC the function of monitoring
                  and promoting market integrity and consumer protection in
                  relation to financial services.  For the purpose of the
                  ASIC Act, credit facilities (which include margin loans)
                  are financial products and are subject to general consumer
                  protection provisions of the Act, such as those relating
                  to misleading and deceptive conduct.


                . As margin loans are supplied by a variety of providers,
                  including banks and stockbrokers, various industry
                  regulations may apply, including, for example, the Code of
                  Banking Practice and the ASX Market Rules.


Key risks


     16. There have been serious concerns that not all margin borrowers are
         aware of the extent to which margin lending contracts place the
         risk of changes to market conditions on them.  The possibility of
         such borrowers suffering unexpected consequences is particularly
         high in volatile market conditions such as those experienced since
         the impact of the global recession.


         Opes Prime style arrangements


     17. Following the collapse of Opes Prime and serious problems at
         Tricom, it was found that these entities were using arrangements
         that were promoted as 'margin loans' to the consumer, and
         functionally operated as such.  However, they were based on
         different legal arrangements that did not necessarily involve a
         'loan' and were more closely related to stock or 'securities'
         lending.  Therefore, concerns have been raised that consumers were
         misled as to the implications of these facilities.


         Double gearing

     18. There have been recent cases where clients who had entered into
         margin loan arrangements are at risk of losing their homes due to
         double gearing strategies.  Double gearing arises where clients
         borrow funds against the equity in their homes and use them as
         their equity contribution to a margin loan.
     19. Through an unfortunate combination of circumstances some of these
         borrowers have fallen into negative equity in relation to the value
         of their security vis-�-vis their margin loan and are now having to
         repay outstanding amounts on the margin loan as well as continuing
         to service the loan secured against their home.  Where borrowers do
         not have additional sources of funds to do so, they are at risk of
         losing their homes.
     20. Indications are that not all of these borrowers were familiar with
         the way in which a margin loan operates, including the potential
         consequences of margin calls.  In addition, they may also not have
         been fully aware that they exposed themselves to the risk of losing
         their homes when they borrowed against their home to fund the
         margin loan.

         Margin calls

     21. Recent events have also raised concerns about whether the adviser
         or lender is responsible for notifying a client of a margin call.


     22. Failure to notify a client of a margin call in a timely manner can
         result in significant losses, including resulting in a client going
         into negative equity.

Summary of new law

     23. Margin loans are given a specific definition in the
         Corporations Act to ensure that all arrangements with the relevant
         characteristics of a margin loan are captured under the new
         national regime.  Complications arise in this area because
         alternative legal structures not based on an explicit loan
         agreement have been used by providers such as Opes Prime and
         Tricom.  The definition has been framed in a manner to include
         these alternative 'margin loan' type structures.
     24. A 'margin lending facility' is explicitly included as a financial
         product for the purposes of Chapter 7 in the Corporations Act.
         This ensures that providers of financial services in relation to
         margin loans will be subject to the licensing, conduct and
         disclosure requirements in Chapter 7.  It also subjects them to
         supervision and enforcement action by the national regulator, ASIC.

     25. It is noted that the definition of margin loans as a financial
         product only extends to loans provided to individuals, as it is not
         intended at this stage to regulate business lending.  Australian
         Government policy in relation to business lending will be developed
         in phase two of the Commonwealth's assumption of responsibility for
         the regulation of credit.


     26. The investor protection regime under Chapter 7 of the Corporations
         Act requires that persons providing financial services and products
         must, among other things:


                . have an Australian financial services licence (AFSL);


                . comply with general conduct standards, including the
                  requirement to deal with investors efficiently, honestly
                  and fairly;


                . have appropriate compensation arrangements in place for
                  losses suffered by retail clients due to breaches of the
                  law.  This includes membership of an ASIC approved
                  External Dispute Resolution Scheme (EDR Scheme);


                . provide appropriate disclosure to their retail clients
                  before and after a product is purchased, including
                  providing a product disclosure statement, a statement of
                  advice and periodic statements on an ongoing basis;


                . have in place adequate arrangements for the management
                  of conflicts;


                . ensure that they have adequate resources and are competent
                  to provide the services.  They must also ensure that their
                  representatives are adequately trained and competent to
                  provide the services; and


                . be subject to the enforcement provisions surrounding
                  market manipulation, false or misleading statements,
                  inducing investors to deal using misleading information,
                  and engagement in dishonest, misleading or deceptive
                  conduct.


     27. The inclusion of margin loans within Chapter 7 will require margin
         lenders and advisers to obtain an AFSL and imposes this range of
         conduct and disclosure requirements on them.


     28. With respect to licensing, the main financial services that are
         anticipated to be covered will be issuing (largely equivalent to
         lending) and the provision of advice in relation to margin loans.
         Appropriate transitional arrangements are provided to ensure that
         the licensing process occurs smoothly.  This is particularly
         important for financial advisers, as the numbers involved are large
         and will require some time for ASIC to process.


     29. A new responsible lending requirement that applies specifically to
         margin loan lenders is imposed seeking to ensure that clients are
         not given loans which they are unable to service.  Lenders will be
         required to assess whether a proposed loan is unsuitable for the
         client, such that in the event of a margin call the client would
         not be able to service the loan or would only be able to do so with
         substantial hardship.  If a loan is assessed as unsuitable, it must
         not be provided to the client.


     30. A number of key factors that need to be considered by lenders in
         assessing unsuitability will be prescribed in regulations,
         including in particular situations where consumers have engaged in
         'double gearing'.  This term refers to situations where consumers
         borrow funds to finance their equity contribution for a margin
         loan.  In some cases borrowers may use their residential home as
         security for the loan, which is considered to be a major risk
         factor as consumers may lose their homes if they are unable to
         service the loans.


     31. A further provision regulates the notification of margin calls to
         clients, especially where the loan has been arranged through a
         financial planner.  There have been situations where it has been
         unclear whether it was the lender or the planner who was
         responsible for notifying clients when a margin call occurred.
         Failure to notify a client in time can result in losses for the
         client.  The amendments require that lenders must notify clients
         when a margin call is made, unless clients explicitly agree to
         notifications being provided through their planner.


Comparison of key features of new law and current law

|New law                  |Current law              |
|A clear definition of a  |No definition of a margin|
|'margin loan' is provided|loan exists.             |
|to ensure that all       |                         |
|relevant arrangements are|                         |
|covered.                 |                         |
|Providers of financial   |No licensing requirement |
|services (mainly lending |exists.                  |
|and advising) in relation|                         |
|to margin loans are      |                         |
|required to be licensed. |                         |
|This ensures that        |                         |
|services providers are   |                         |
|properly qualified and   |                         |
|adequately resourced.    |                         |
|As one of the key        |No clear requirement for |
|licensing conditions     |establishing compensation|
|margin loan lenders and  |arrangements including   |
|advisers are required to |EDR Scheme membership    |
|have appropriate         |exists.  In some cases   |
|compensation arrangements|borrowers may be able to |
|for retail clients,      |benefit from the         |
|including membership of  |arrangements required    |
|an EDR Scheme.           |under Chapter 7 and      |
|                         |industry codes such as   |
|                         |the Code of Banking      |
|                         |Practice.                |
|Key conduct requirements |Lenders are not subject  |
|apply to service         |to the Chapter 7 conduct |
|providers in relation to |requirements.  Lenders   |
|margin loans including   |such as banks are subject|
|requirements to deal with|to conduct requirements  |
|clients honestly,        |under industry codes such|
|efficiently and fairly;  |as the Code of Banking   |
|manage conflicts of      |Practice.  Some advisers |
|interest; have adequate  |may be subject to the    |
|resources and maintain   |Chapter 7 requirements.  |
|competency to provide the|                         |
|services; and others.    |                         |
|The Chapter 7 investor   |The Chapter 7 advice     |
|protection regime in     |regime applies where a   |
|relation to advice       |margin loan is included  |
|applies to margin loans, |as part of an overall    |
|including the requirement|investment arrangement.  |
|for any advice to be     |Advice in relation solely|
|appropriate to the client|to a margin loan is not  |
|and for appropriate      |subject to the Chapter 7 |
|disclosure through a     |requirements.            |
|statement of advice to be|                         |
|provided.                |                         |
|Appropriate disclosure   |Margin loan providers are|
|requirements apply so    |not required to provide a|
|that lenders and advisers|financial services guide |
|must give retail clients |or a product disclosure  |
|a financial services     |statement.  Advisers in  |
|guide and a product      |some cases may be        |
|disclosure statement     |required to provide a    |
|providing full           |financial services guide |
|information about the    |and a statement of       |
|lender or adviser and the|advice.                  |
|margin loan product.     |                         |
|Responsible lending      |No responsible lending   |
|requirements are imposed |requirements apply.      |
|that seek to ensure that |                         |
|clients do not take on   |                         |
|loans that they cannot   |                         |
|service.                 |                         |
|Clear arrangements in    |No notification          |
|relation to the          |requirements apply to    |
|notification of margin   |margin calls.            |
|calls are made to ensure |                         |
|that clients are made    |                         |
|aware of margin calls in |                         |
|a timely manner.         |                         |
|Transitional arrangements|No transitional          |
|for the new regulation of|arrangements apply.      |
|margin lending facilities|                         |
|are provided.            |                         |


Detailed explanation of new law


Definition of a margin lending facility


         Capture as a financial product


     32. An appropriate amendment is made to the table containing an outline
         of Chapter 7 to reflect the new amendments relating to margin
         loans.  [Schedule 1, item 1]


     33. A number of key terms used in the amendments are inserted into
         section 761A, which contains a number of key definitions for
         Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act.  [Schedule 1, items 2 to 7]


     34. A margin lending facility is included in the list of specific
         facilities that are financial products in paragraph 764A(1)(k) of
         the Corporations Act [Schedule 1, item 10].  This will trigger a
         range of obligations that apply to a financial product in Chapter 7
         of the Corporations Act.


     35. A margin lending facility is specifically excluded from
         subparagraph 765A(1)(h)(i) of the Corporations Act, which exempts
         credit facilities from the meaning of financial product [Schedule
         1, item 11].  This is to make clear that a margin loan facility
         does not fall in the general exclusion of credit matters in the
         Corporations Act.


         Meaning of issue of margin lending facility


     36. The issue of a margin loan is a key concept in determining whether
         a person needs to obtain an AFSL.  An amendment to
         subsection 761E(3) (at the end of the table) clarifies when a
         margin loan has been issued to a client.  A margin lending facility
         is issued to a person when they enter into the legal relationship
         that constitutes the margin lending facility, as the client under
         the facility.  [Schedule 1, item 8]


         General definition - margin lending facility


     37. A specific definition of a margin lending facility is considered
         appropriate to ensure that other lending practices are not
         inadvertently captured in the definition.


     38. Section 761EA gives meaning to a range of definitions associated
         with a margin lending facility.  [Schedule 1, item 9]


     39. A margin lending facility is [Schedule 1, item 9, subsection
         761EA(1)]:

                . a standard margin lending facility;
                . a non-standard margin lending facility; or
                . a facility declared by ASIC to be a margin lending
                  facility (unless the facility has been declared by ASIC
                  not to be a margin lending facility).

     40. The definition is intended to capture, among other things:

                . the basic or 'vanilla' margin loan;
                . Opes Prime and Tricom style arrangements, where
                  appropriate.  This is to ensure that products that are
                  functionally similar to a margin loan (and advertised as a
                  margin loan) are also captured;
                . hybrid products that utilise the key features of a margin
                  loan;
                . a limited or non-recourse margin loan (where the amount
                  the lender can recover is restricted to the mortgaged
                  financial product); or
                . a margin loan where the assets securing the loan are more
                  than just the financial products purchased through the
                  loan, such as residential property.

     41. Other forms of investment lending more generally will be addressed
         separately in the Commonwealth's broader reforms to consumer
         credit.


         Standard margin lending facilities


     42. A definition of a 'standard margin lending facility' is provided
         [Schedule 1, item 9, subsection 761EA(2)].  The key elements of the
         definition include:


                . who is the 'provider' and who is the 'client'.  It is
                  noted that the client must be a natural person, which
                  excludes all lending to corporate entities from the
                  definition [Schedule 1, item 9, paragraph 761EA(2)(a)];


                . a requirement that the borrower must use the loan (wholly
                  or partly) to acquire shares or other financial products
                  [Schedule 1, item 9, subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(i)] or to
                  refinance a margin lending facility [Schedule 1, item 9,
                  subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(ii)];


                . that the loan must be wholly or partly secured over shares
                  or other defined securities ('marketable securities').
                  'Marketable securities' is defined by existing section 9
                  of the Corporations Act [Schedule 1, item 9, paragraphs
                  761EA(2)(c) and (d)]; and


                . that the client is subject to a 'margin call' in
                  circumstances where the 'current LVR' of the facility
                  exceeds the agreed threshold [Schedule 1, item 9,
                  paragraph 761EA(2)(e)].


     43. The current LVR is defined as the ratio of the outstanding debt to
         the security provided for the loan.  [Schedule 1, item 9,
         subsection 761EA(3)]


     44. This means that a 'margin call' can occur where the value of the
         securities underlying the loan falls below a certain critical level
         due to adverse market movements or where the customer draws down
         too far on the loan.  The critical level may include a buffer
         granted by the provider, provided it forms part of the terms of the
         facility.  [Schedule 1, item 9, subsection 761EA(4)]


      1. :  Example of a margin loan


                An example is provided to assist in understanding the
                definition and how a margin call operates:


              . Loan amount - $85,000.


              . Original value of the secured property - $125,000 (the value
                of property provided by the client as security, which must
                include some marketable securities, and which may (but need
                not) include some or all of any financial products purchased
                by the client with the loan).


              . Margin call occurs if the current LVR is above 80%.


              . Original current LVR = 85,000/125,000 = 68%.


              . Value of the secured property falls to $100,000.


              . Current LVR = 85,000/100,000 = 85%.


              . Facility is in margin call on the date the current LVR
                exceeds 80%.


     45. Due to the way the definition is framed, certain types of
         investment and other loans are excluded from its scope.


         Use of the loan

     46. In order for a loan to be a margin lending facility for the
         purposes of Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act (and the Corporations
         Agreement), the purpose and use of the loan must be investment
         related in a particular manner as defined in the Bill.
     47. Subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(i) requires that the loan must be partly
         or wholly used for the purchase of, or beneficial interest in,
         financial products.  This means that this use of the loan must form
         part of the terms of the margin loan facility.  [Schedule 1, item
         9, subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(i)]

         Investment lending

     48. General investment lending is intended to be excluded from the
         definition of a margin loan facility.  Other forms of investment
         lending more generally will be addressed in phase two of the
         Commonwealth's assumption of responsibility for the regulation of
         consumer credit.

      1. :  Examples of excluded investment lending


              . A loan secured against a residential or investment property
                and used to purchase securities is an investment loan.


              . Where general consumer lending (such as a personal loan or
                credit card) is wholly used to purchase an investment
                product (financial product).  If it is partly used to
                purchase an investment product, the loan is a consumer loan
                and will be regulated under the consumer credit legislation.



     49. Alternatively, the definition is not intended to capture margin
         loans used solely for personal, domestic or household use, or (non-
         investment) business purposes.

      1. :  Examples of excluded lending


              . Where the only use of a margin loan is for the purchase of a
                product or service for personal, domestic or household use,
                such as the purchase of travel or a car.  In this
                circumstance, it is expected that either the lender does not
                provide the loan, or that they provide the loan under an
                Australian credit licence.


              . Where the only use of a margin loan is to purchase assets
                for a farming business (business purpose).


         Non-standard margin lending facilities

     50. The type of margin loan targeted by the definition of a 'non-
         standard margin lending facility' is not based on a loan agreement,
         but uses a type of securities lending agreement (with variations)
         to achieve a similar economic outcome as would a standard margin
         loan.

     51. General 'stock' or securities lending, particularly in the
         wholesale market, is not intended to be included in this
         definition.


     52. This type of structure was used by lenders such as Opes Prime and
         Tricom and provided as a 'margin loan', 'equity finance' or
         'securities finance'.  The key difference, from the client's point
         of view, is that in a non-standard margin loan, title to the
         security provided for the loan passes out of the client's hands.
         This key aspect of a non-standard margin loan is captured in the
         definition.


     53. Subsection 761EA(5) sets out the definition of a non-standard
         margin loan [Schedule 1, item 9, subsection 761EA(5)].  The key
         elements of the definition include:


                . determining who the provider is and who the client is in
                  the context of transferred securities.  It is noted that
                  the client must be a natural person, which excludes all
                  lending to corporate entities from the definition
                  [Schedule 1, item 9, paragraph 761EA(5)(a)];


                . the client receives 'transferred property'.  Transferred
                  property is the equivalent arrangement to the provision of
                  credit or cash in a standard margin lending facility.  It
                  may sometimes be referred to as collateral for the
                  'transferred securities' [Schedule 1, item 9, paragraph
                  761EA(5)(b];


                . the funds provided to the client must, as in the case of a
                  standard margin lending facility, be at least partly used
                  to acquire financial products.  This is intended to ensure
                  that only facilities are captured which have a similar
                  outcome to a standard margin loan [Schedule 1, item 9,
                  paragraph 761EA(5)(c)]; and


                . the client is subject to a margin call in circumstances
                  where the current LVR of the facility exceeds the agreed
                  threshold [Schedule 1, item 9, paragraph 761EA(5)(e)].


     54. Non-standard margin loans also operate on the basis of margin
         calls, which occur when the LVR exceeds an agreed threshold.  The
         definitions of 'margin call' [Schedule 1, item 9, subsection
         761EA(7)] and 'current LVR' [Schedule 1, item 9, subsection
         761EA(6)] for a non-standard margin lending facility are similar to
         those for a standard margin lending facility, with some amendments
         to suit the special characteristics of non-standard margin loans.


      1. :  Example of a non-standard margin loan


                An example is provided to assist in understanding the scope
                and intent of the definition:


              . Value of the transferred property given by the provider to
                the client = $85,000 (equivalent to the loan amount in a
                standard loan).


              . Value of the transferred securities transferred by the
                client to the provider = $125,000 (value of the marketable
                securities transferred by the client to the provider, which
                may (but need not) include some or all of any marketable
                securities purchased with the loan).


              . Margin call occurs if the current LVR is above 80%.


              . Original current LVR = 85,000/125,000 = 68%.


              . Value of the transferred securities falls to $100,000.


              . Current LVR = 85,000/100,000 = 85%.


              . Facility is in margin call on the date the current LVR
                exceeds 80%.


     55. The operation of the definition of a non-standard margin lending
         facility in the manner outlined in the example above is quite
         different from a general 'stock' or securities lending transaction.




     56. In the case of a general 'stock' or securities lending transaction,
         the cash collateral (or the value of any non-cash collateral)
         usually must always exceed the value of the transferred securities
         (that is, the ratio must normally be in excess of 100 per cent, say
         102 per cent), and margining will be required if the ratio falls
         below the agreed minimum of say 102 per cent.


      1. :  Example of normal stock lending arrangements


                An example of a general stock or securities lending
                transaction is provided to assist in understanding the
                difference from the transactions captured by the definition:


              . Value of cash or non-cash collateral provided by securities
                borrower to securities lender = $105,000.


              . Value of borrowed securities = $100,000.


              . Margining by the securities borrower is required if the
                value of the collateral becomes less than the agreed ratio
                of the value of the collateral to the value of the borrowed
                securities, which say is agreed at 102%.


                Scenario A


              . Value of the borrowed securities rises to $125,000.


              . New ratio = 105,000/125,000 = 84%.


              . The securities borrower must provide extra collateral of (or
                worth) at least $22,500, so that the value of the collateral
                is at least $127,500, and the ratio increases to at least a
                minimum of 102%.


                Scenario B


              . Contrast the situation if the value of the borrowed
                securities falls to say $85,000.


              . The new ratio = 105,000/85,000 = 123.5%.


              . That would not trigger any margining requirement on the part
                of the securities borrower.  (On the contrary, the
                securities borrower may be entitled to call for the return
                of some or all of the excess collateral that it has
                provided, until the new ratio falls to not less than 102%.)


         ASIC may declare facilities to be margin lending facilities


     57. ASIC has the power to declare that a particular kind of facility
         is, or is not, a margin loan.  In declaring a kind of facility as a
         margin loan, ASIC must also define key features such as a 'margin
         call' in the context of the facility.  These powers are necessary
         to deal with product innovation and the likelihood that over time
         new margin loan structures will evolve that may not be captured by
         the current definition, such that the relevant investor protection
         provisions continue to apply.  [Schedule 1, item 9, subsections
         761EA(8) to (10)]

     58. A declaration that a particular kind of facility is, or is not, a
         margin loan under subsection 761EA(8) or (9) must be in writing and
         is a legislative instrument for the purposes of the Legislative
         Instruments Act 2003 (Legislative Instruments Act).

         Meaning of limit of a margin lending facility

     59. The meaning of the key term 'limit' is given a specific definition
         in the case of standard and non-standard margin loans.  For
         standard margin loans, the limit means the maximum amount of credit
         under the loan agreement, while for a non-standard loan it means
         the maximum amount of property that may be transferred by the
         provider to the client under the terms of the agreement.  It is
         also stipulated that ASIC must define the term if it declares that
         something is a margin lending facility.  [Schedule 1, item 9,
         subsection 761EA(11)]

Responsible lending for margin lending facilities

     60. Subdivision A, Division 4A of Schedule 1 sets in place responsible
         lending requirements.  The responsible lending provisions are
         intended to be broadly consistent with the provisions outlined in
         the National Consumer Credit Protection Bill 2009.   However, there
         are some differences to take into account the specific nature of a
         margin loan.

         Requirement to make assessment of unsuitability

     61. Margin lenders are required, before issuing a loan or increasing
         the limit of an existing loan, to make an assessment to determine
         whether the loan facility is unsuitable for a 'retail client'
         [Schedule 1, item 12, section 985E].  'Retail client' is defined in
         existing section 761GA of the Corporations Act.  It is noted that
         this requirement only applies to lenders, and not to advisers.
     62. Before issuing a new margin loan or increasing the limit of an
         existing loan, the lender must make an unsuitability assessment as
         set out in detail in section 985F.  The assessment must be made
         within 90 days before the loan is issued or the limit increased, or
         any other period as prescribed in regulations.  The assessment must
         cover the period during which the issue or limit increase occurs.
         At the time the assessment is made, the person doing the assessment
         should ask the consumer when it is expected that they intend to
         obtain the loan or limit increase - usually by reference to a
         future period rather than a precise date (for example, in the next
         two weeks, or in July or August).  Assessments are to be made on
         that basis.  The purpose of this section is to ensure that
         assessments are not used if they were prepared with a view to the
         loan being advanced in a different period to that in which the loan
         is actually issued or limit is increased.  The lender must also
         have made the inquiries and verification as set out in detail in
         section 985G.  Failure to make an assessment as required incurs a
         civil penalty.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985E(1)]
     63. Provisions are included that clarify that an increase in a credit
         limit that occurs because of changes in the market value of the
         underlying security does not require an unsuitability assessment to
         be made.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985E(2)]
     64. A regulation-making power is included allowing other situations to
         be defined in which a limit increase is considered to have occurred
         or not to have occurred.  Concerns have been raised during
         consultation about the possibility of circumstances occurring where
         a borrower breaches the agreed credit limit through actions that
         are beyond the control of the loan provider.  It is intended to use
         this regulation-making power to address such situations before the
         commencement of the new regime.  The regulation-making power could
         also be used to address other situations where the strict
         application of the requirement to make an unsuitability assessment
         may not be justified, or where it is considered necessary to apply
         the requirement to circumstances that do not fall within the
         current scope of the provision.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection
         985E(3)]

         Unsuitability assessment

     65. The unsuitability assessment must be made if the margin loan
         facility is issued or the loan limit increased, and must specify
         the period it covers.  If no loan facility is issued, or no limit
         increased, no assessment is required to be made.  This is
         considered to be appropriate as the misconduct that is intended to
         be addressed by this provision relates to clients that are placed
         into margin loans that may be unsuitable for them.  If the loan is
         not provided there is evidently no risk of such harm affecting the
         client.  [Schedule 1, item 12, section 985F]

         Reasonable inquiries etc. about the retail client

     66. In making an assessment, margin lenders are required to make
         reasonable inquiries about the client's financial situation and
         take reasonable steps to verify it [Schedule 1, item 12, paragraphs
         985G(1)(a) and (b)].  This includes any inquiries or verification
         steps prescribed by regulations [Schedule 1, item 12,
         paragraphs 985G(1(c) and (d)], and must be made in a manner
         prescribed (if prescribed by regulations) [Schedule 1, item 12,
         subsection 985G(2)].
     67. The purpose for undertaking reasonable inquiries about the client's
         financial situation is to obtain an understanding of the client's
         ability to meet all the repayments, fees, charges and transaction
         costs of complying with a possible margin call.  The general
         position is that clients should be able to meet their contractual
         obligations from income and available liquid assets, rather than
         from long-term savings or from equity in a fixed asset such as a
         residential home.  The returns that are potentially available from
         the portfolio financed by the loan may be taken into account in a
         reasonable manner, but should not constitute the sole or main
         source of funds available to meet a margin call and service the
         margin loan.
     68. As a general rule, reasonable inquiries about the consumer's
         financial situation should be expected to include determining the
         amount and source of the consumer's gross and disposable incomes,
         the reliability of the income and the availability of assets, in
         particular liquid assets, to meet demands for additional payments
         such as a margin call.  The detailed nature of these inquiries may
         differ depending on the borrower and their circumstances.
     69. Regulations will be made to prescribe specific matters that lenders
         must take into account, which are intended to include important
         considerations such as whether clients have taken out a second loan
         to finance their equity contribution for the margin loan, and
         whether they have used their homes to secure this second loan.
         This creates a scenario known as 'double gearing' which may in some
         situations lead to the risk of clients losing their homes, if they
         are unable to service their loans following a margin call.
     70. It is therefore important for lenders to have assessed the
         potential impact of such factors on a client's position before
         deciding to provide a margin loan.  Particular attention should be
         paid to the risk of a client losing their residential home as a
         consequence of being unable to service or repay the margin loan.
     71. In undertaking the assessment lenders are required to take into
         account information about the client's financial situation and
         other matters required by the regulations that they either already
         possess, or which would be known to them if they made reasonable
         inquiries and took reasonable steps to verify it.  Where lenders
         are unable to access information, for example because of rules
         quarantining information within business units, this would clearly
         fall outside the scope of the reasonable inquiries expected to be
         made.
     72. This provision also requires lenders to take reasonable steps to
         verify the information they have obtained.  This is intended to
         mean that lenders must make such efforts to verify the information
         provided by the client as they would undertake in the normal course
         of their business.  Conducting a credit check is, for instance,
         considered to be an action undertaken by lenders in the normal
         course of their business.
     73. As the responsible lending provisions impose new requirements on
         margin lenders, current business practice for margin lending may
         not in all circumstances be sufficient to satisfy the need to take
         reasonable steps to verify information.  In such situations,
         reference may have to be made to practices applied in other credit
         areas.
     74. It is noted that there will be matters that will not be able to be
         known to the credit provider.  This may arise where the consumer
         simply does not disclose the matter, despite the credit provider's
         inquiry, and where there was no reasonable way of verifying the
         information provided.

     75. ASIC will also provide guidance where appropriate to set out
         further detail about reasonable inquiries and the verification
         process in particular circumstances.


         Reliance on information provided in a statement of advice


     76. In making reasonable inquiries, lenders may rely on information
         provided in a statement of advice for the client, where the
         statement of advice recommends the margin lending facility, and it
         was prepared no more than 90 days before the day on which the
         margin lending facility is proposed to be entered into.  In these
         circumstances, the provider is not required to verify such
         information.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985G(3)]


     77. This reliance provision is intended to minimise the regulatory
         burden on lenders and the impost on consumers, where the same
         information has already been provided to an adviser.


     78. It is, however, noted that lenders cannot solely rely on the
         information provided in a Statement of Advice (SoA) where that
         information does not satisfy the benchmark of having to make
         reasonable inquiries about the client's financial situation.  In
         those circumstances lenders would have to make inquiries to obtain
         additional information in order to comply with the benchmark.


     79. It is envisaged that margin lenders could make arrangements for
         information relevant to a margin loan to be excerpted from an SoA
         and presented to them in a particular format.  Lenders will have to
         obtain appropriate confirmation that any information excerpted in
         this way forms part of an SoA, including the date of the SoA.


         When margin lending facility must be assessed as unsuitable


     80. Guidance is provided as to when a margin loan must be assessed as
         unsuitable [Schedule 1, item 12, section 985H].  Clarification is
         provided that lenders may reject loan applications for reasons
         other than those mentioned in the legislation [Schedule 1, item 12,
         subsection 985H(1)].


     81. A loan is unsuitable where a client who receives a margin call
         would not be able to comply with their financial obligations around
         a margin call, or would only be able to do so while suffering
         substantial hardship [Schedule 1, item 12, paragraph 985H(2)(a)].
         A power is provided to prescribe specific situations where a loan
         must be assessed as unsuitable.  It is intended to prescribe a
         number of such situations, subject to further consultation and
         consideration, before the regime commences [Schedule 1, item 12,
         paragraph 985H(2)(b)].

     82. The assessment is to be based on the facts as they have been
         obtained by the provider or are otherwise available to the provider
         at the time of making the assessment.  There is no requirement for
         providers to make assumptions about potential future developments.
     83. In making the assessment, lenders must take into account
         information concerning the client's financial situation, as well as
         other matters prescribed by regulations.  It must also be
         information which the lender has reason to believe was true, or
         would have had reason to believe that the information was true, if
         it had made the inquiries or verification required.  Information
         that does not satisfy these requirements must not be taken into
         account.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985H(3)]
     84. The assessment conducted by the lender must specifically address
         the ability of the client to cope with the potential consequences
         of a margin call, in particular the possibility of having to deal
         with negative equity situations.  An important factor in the
         assessment is the time allowed to the client to meet the margin
         call.  Where clients are allowed only a short period within which
         the margin call must be met, the importance of the client having
         sufficient liquid assets to cope with such situations is enhanced.
         It is not intended that the potential sell-down of part or all of
         the portfolio to adjust the LVR to the required level should imply
         substantial hardship.

         Giving the retail client the assessment

     85. Clients may request the lender to provide them with a written copy
         of the assessment, but only if the request is made within seven
         years after the loan is issued or the loan limit increased.
         [Schedule 1, item 12, section 985J]
     86. Failure to give the client a copy of the assessment is an offence
         (50 penalty units) and incurs a civil penalty.  [Schedule 1, item
         12, subsection 985J(1)]
     87. Lenders do not have to give the client the written assessment if
         the loan is not issued or the credit limit not increased.
         [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985J(1), note 3]
     88. Appropriate time limits for providing the assessment are imposed.
         If the request is made before the loan is issued or the limit
         increased, then the copy must be provided before the agreement is
         finalised.  If the request is made after the arrangements are
         finalised, the copy must be provided within seven business days if
         the request is made within two years after the loan is issued or
         the limit increased.  Requests made later than that must be
         addressed within 21 business days.  Failure to comply with these
         requirements is an offence (50 penalty units) and also incurs a
         civil penalty.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985H(2)]

     89. The provider must give a copy of the assessment in a manner
         (if any) prescribed by regulations.  [Schedule 1, item 12,
         subsection 985J(3)]


     90. This assessment must be given to the client without charge.  It is
         an offence (50 penalty units) and incurs a civil penalty to make a
         client pay for the assessment.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection
         985J(4)]


     91. Subsections 985J(1), (2) and (4) are offences of strict liability,
         because it is considered that these offences should attract
         criminal sanctions where there is no 'fault' but for the failure to
         provide the assessment as required by the law.  This is based on
         the relatively low penalty amount and the need to include a
         deterrent for breaches of these provisions.  [Schedule 1, item 12,
         subsection 985J(5)]


         Unsuitable margin lending facilities


     92. Lenders must not provide a new loan or increase in the limit of an
         existing loan where the loan or increase is unsuitable for the
         client [Schedule 1, item 12, section 985K].  Failure to comply with
         this requirement attracts a civil penalty and is also a criminal
         offence carrying a maximum penalty of 100 penalty units, two years
         imprisonment or both [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985K(1)].
         Providing a client with an unsuitable margin loan is the main
         'harm' these provisions are intended to address.


     93. The same unsuitability definitions and other requirements apply as
         described above in relation to sections 985E and 985H.  These
         amendments specify when a facility is unsuitable, what information
         the provider must base the assessment on, and exempt a particular
         situation from the definition of an increase in the limit of a
         facility.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsections 985K(2) to (6)]


     94. A regulation-making power is provided allowing particular
         situations to be prescribed in which a margin lending facility is
         not taken to be unsuitable.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection
         985K(4)]


Notification of margin calls


         Issuer must notify client of margin call


     95. Subdivision B, Division 4A sets in place a requirement that the
         lender must make reasonable efforts to notify the client when a
         margin call occurs.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985M(1)]


     96. Lenders are allowed to make use of a buffer before issuing margin
         calls to borrowers, as this is a useful practice for accommodating
         short-term fluctuations in market values.  As mentioned above, this
         requires the buffer to be part of the terms of the facility.


         When issuer must notify client's agent, and agent must notify
         client, of margin call


     97. A lender may notify a financial adviser, instead of the client,
         based on contractual arrangements agreed to by the relevant
         parties.


     98. If there is an agreement between the lender, the client, and a
         financial adviser ('the agent') that 'the agent' will act on behalf
         of the client, then [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection 985M(2)]:


                . the lender must make reasonable efforts to notify the
                  agent; and


                . the agent must make reasonable efforts to notify the
                  client.


     99. Failure to comply with the notification requirements, under both
         subsections 985M(1) and (2), incurs a civil penalty.


         When and how notification must be given


    100. The notification of a margin call must be given at a time
         determined by ASIC.  If ASIC has not prescribed a time, then the
         notification must be provided as soon as practicable.  [Schedule 1,
         item 12, subsection 985M(3)]


    101. The notification must be given in a manner agreed between the
         parties, or, if there is no such agreement, in a manner determined
         by ASIC.  If ASIC has not prescribed a manner, then the
         notification should be provided in any reasonable manner that would
         satisfy the objective of ensuring that the client receives the
         notification in a timely fashion.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsection
         985M(4)]


    102.  'Reasonable manner' is considered to include electronic means such
         as the telephone, facsimile, SMS and email.  Notification through a
         client's individual account which is accessed by means of the
         client logging on through the lender's website alone is generally
         not considered to be a 'reasonable manner', unless the client is
         simultaneously alerted through other means that an important notice
         has been placed in their account.


    103. ASIC can determine the time and manner in which notification is to
         occur.  This determination by ASIC must be in writing and is a
         legislative instrument for the purposes of the Legislative
         Instruments Act.  [Schedule 1, item 12, subsections 985M(5) and
         (6)]


         Margin lending facility not to be conditional on notification
         arrangements


    104. Making arrangements to notify the agent in the event of a margin
         call should not be a condition of entering into a margin lending
         facility.  Such a contravention attracts a civil penalty.
         [Schedule 1, item 12, section 985L]


General amendments


    105. Amendments are made ensuring that the provisions in section 1016A
         of the Corporations Act relating to the use of application forms
         and in section 1017D in relation to the provision of periodic
         statements apply to margin loans.  [Schedule 1, items 13 and 14]


    106. Amendments are made applying the civil penalty provisions in
         section 1317E of the Corporations Act as described in various parts
         of this explanatory memorandum to the Bill.  [Schedule 1, item 15]




    107. The penalties for breaching the responsible lending requirements
         are inserted in the list of penalties for offences in Schedule 3 to
         the Corporations Act.  [Schedule 1, item 16]


Application and transitional provisions


    108. Division 1 of Part 10.12 of the Corporations Act contains the
         transitional arrangements for the amendments in the Bill relating
         to margin loans.


    109. A number of key definitions are specified in relation to the
         transitional arrangements for the national margin lending regime.
         [Schedule 5, Division 1, section 1487]


    110. The Corporations Act will apply to issuing and advising by margin
         lenders and financial advisers in relation to margin loans twelve
         months after the legislation comes into force.  This period will
         give potential licensees time to prepare for the new regime by
         adapting their systems and processes, training staff and in other
         necessary ways.  It is noted that issuance and advice are only
         captured insofar as they relate to margin loans issued after
         commencement of the Bill.  [Schedule 5, Division 1, section 1488]


    111. Applications to ASIC for obtaining a licence are not to be made
         until one month after the legislation comes into force.  This
         period is designed to provide ASIC with time to prepare for
         receiving and processing applications.  [Schedule 5, Division 1,
         subsection 1489(1)]


    112. The transitional arrangements enable persons to apply for AFSLs and
         ASIC to issue or vary licences thereafter until the Chapter 7
         regime including the new amendments comes into force 12 months
         after commencement of the legislation.  Any AFSL, or variation of
         an AFSL, granted by ASIC does not take effect until 12 months after
         commencement.  [Schedule 5, Division 1, subsections 1489(1) to (3)]


    113. During the period from 6 to 12 months after commencement, lending
         and advising in relation to margin loans may only be done by
         persons who have applied to ASIC for a licence or a variation to an
         existing licence allowing them to provide these services.  ASIC is
         also given the power to reject a licence application during this
         period if it considers the application to be unsuitable.  This
         power is required as such applicants could otherwise provide the
         services until the new regime comes into force 12 months after
         commencement.  [Schedule 5, Division 1, section 1490]


    114. It is not anticipated that the Bill (or instruments made under it)
         effects any acquisition of property other than on just terms
         contrary to paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.  A relevant
         clause is included out of an abundance of caution to ensure that an
         acquisition contrary to paragraph 51(xxxi) cannot take place.  In
         any circumstance where an acquisition contrary to paragraph
         51(xxxi) is effected, the relevant law or instrument does not
         apply.  This clause overrides section 1350 of the Corporations Act
         which contains provisions relating to the payment of compensation
         due to the acquisition of property otherwise than on just terms.
         [Schedule 5, Division 1, section 1491]


    115. Regulations may be made prescribing matters of a transitional,
         application or saving nature relating to the legislation.  This
         power is considered necessary to deal with unexpected or minor
         transitional matters arising after the legislation is passed.
         [Schedule 5, Division 1, section 1492]









Chapter 2
Regulation of trustee companies

Outline of chapter


    116. Schedule 2 to the Corporations Legislation Amendment (Financial
         Services Modernisation) Bill 2009 (Bill) inserts Chapter 5D
         (Licensed trustee companies) into the Corporations Act 2001
         (Corporations Act).  Chapter 5D implements the transfer of trustee
         company regulation from the States and Territories to the
         Commonwealth.


    117. Chapter 5D creates a national licensing regime for trustee
         companies, thereby reducing the regulatory burden on those
         companies and creating a national market for trustee services, thus
         delivering competition benefits to the industry.  Chapter 5D also
         protects consumers by establishing a national consumer protection
         and disclosure regime under the Corporations Act and the Australian
         Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (ASIC Act).


Context of amendments


    118. In July 2008, the Council of Australian Governments (COAG) agreed
         that the Commonwealth would assume responsibility for the
         regulation of trustee companies.  In October 2008, COAG agreed that
         legislation giving effect to Commonwealth regulation of trustee
         companies would be introduced in the first half of 2009.


    119. The private trustee company industry is relatively small with ten
         licensed private trustee companies.  The majority of these trustee
         companies are licensed and operate in multiple jurisdictions.
         There are also eight public trust offices.


    120. Trustee companies have been regulated at an entity level under
         State and Territory regulatory regimes.  The State and Territory
         laws also allow private trustee companies to enter the market for
         personal trustee and estate administration work (for example,
         acting as an executor or administrator of a deceased estate),
         thereby removing the limitation that these duties could only be
         undertaken by natural persons.  In addition, State and Territory
         laws facilitate the establishment of long term and perpetual
         trusts, such as charitable trusts.


    121. As the majority of trustee companies operate in multiple
         jurisdictions, the need to obtain a licence in each individual
         State and Territory, combined with the lack of consistency in
         licensing requirements, creates barriers to entry and restricts
         competition in the marketplace.


    122. It is important to note that the Schedule regulates the provision
         of the so-called 'traditional trustee company services' of trustee
         companies.  These services are listed in section 601RAC.  Where
         trustee companies provide other services, such as acting as a
         superannuation trustee, acting as a Responsible Entity for managed
         funds, providing a custodial or depository service, or acting as a
         trustee for debenture holders, they must comply with Commonwealth
         legislation, such as the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act
         1993 and Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act.


    123. In order to offer funds management services, all of the private
         trustee companies hold Australian financial services licence
         (AFSLs).  As a result, they are familiar with regulation by the
         Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) and the
         requirements of an AFSL.


    124. Broadly, the policy intent is that the Commonwealth will have
         exclusive responsibility for 'entity level' regulation of trustee
         companies' traditional services, including licensing those
         companies and regulating the fees they can charge for those
         traditional services.  At the same time, State and Territory
         legislation, and the rules of common law and equity, will continue
         to govern the functions and powers of trustee companies.  Also, it
         is intended to preserve rules which apply generally to persons such
         as trustees, executors, administrators and guardians (including
         trustee companies when they perform those roles).


    125. In the place of the differing State and Territory regimes, Schedule
         2 creates a single licensing and reporting regime administered by a
         single regulator (ASIC).  Trustee companies which provide
         'traditional trustee company services' will be required to hold an
         AFSL covering the provision of those services.  Further, trustee
         companies will be subject to the disclosure, conduct, advice and
         dispute resolution arrangements under the Corporations Act, as
         modified where necessary by regulations made under the Corporations
         Regulations 2001 (regulations).


    126. Also, this legislation introduces a single regime for the
         disclosure and regulation of fees charged by trustee companies.
         Most jurisdictions have set caps on the level of fees, but these
         are not uniform.  Two jurisdictions (Western Australia and the
         Australian Capital Territory) do not cap fees.


    127. Concerns have also been expressed about the need for more cost
         effective and timely alternative dispute resolution mechanisms for
         beneficiaries to enhance the protection available for trust assets.
          Currently, in the absence of internal dispute resolution services
         voluntarily provided by the trustee company, the Supreme Court is
         the only avenue of recourse for beneficiaries with concerns about
         the management of the trust or estate.


    128. The legislative power to make this Commonwealth law is primarily
         derived from section 51(xx) of the Constitution, which empowers the
         Commonwealth to make laws with respect to 'foreign corporations,
         and trading or financial corporations formed within the limits of
         the Commonwealth'.  The Commonwealth is relying on its legislative
         powers, rather than seeking a referral of power from the States.


Summary of new law


    129. The Bill sets out:


                . when trustee companies are regulated by Chapter 5D,
                  including key concepts such as licensed trustee company,
                  client of a trustee company and traditional trustee
                  company services, and services that are regulated (Part
                  5D.1);


                . the effect of the Bill on the jurisdiction of courts and
                  the continuing operation of State and Territory laws (Part
                  5D.2, Division 1)


                . the powers and obligations of licensed trustee companies,
                  in relation to the provision of accounts and the
                  establishment and operation of common funds (Part 5D.2,
                  Divisions 2 and 3);


                . the regulation of fees charged by licensed trustee
                  companies (including fee disclosure) (Part 5D.3);


                . the duties of officers and employees of licensed trustee
                  companies (Part 5D.4);


                . a 15 per cent voting power limit on control of licensed
                  trustee companies (Part 5D.5);


                . the consequences of cancelling a licensed trustee
                  company's AFSL (Part 5D.6); and


                . exemptions and modifications by ASIC, and by regulations
                  (Part 5D.7).


Comparison of key features of new law and current law

|New law                  |Current law              |
|Traditional trustee      |No equivalent.           |
|company services are     |                         |
|deemed to be financial   |                         |
|services for the purposes|                         |
|of Chapter 7 of the      |                         |
|Corporations Act.        |                         |
|Trustee companies that   |Trustee companies must be|
|are listed in the        |authorised by State or   |
|regulations and that     |Territory legislation in |
|offer one or more        |each jurisdiction where  |
|traditional trustee      |they operate.            |
|company services must    |                         |
|hold an AFSL covering the|                         |
|provision of those       |                         |
|services.                |                         |
|A licensed trustee       |The State and Territory  |
|company is subject in all|Supreme Courts exercise  |
|respects to the same     |jurisdiction over trustee|
|control and general      |companies, along with    |
|jurisdiction of courts in|other persons who act as |
|the same way as any other|trustees, executors,     |
|person who performs      |guardians etc.           |
|traditional trustee      |                         |
|company functions.  Under|                         |
|subsection 58AA(1) of the|                         |
|Corporations Act, court  |                         |
|means any court.         |                         |
|The Schedule specifies   |The power to require the |
|circumstances in which:  |provision of accounts, or|
|a licensed trustee       |to conduct an audit, of a|
|company is not required  |particular estate is a   |
|to file accounts relating|matter of State law.     |
|to an estate, or may be  |                         |
|required to provide an   |                         |
|account in relation to an|                         |
|estate; and              |                         |
|the Court may order an   |                         |
|audit of an estate, and  |                         |
|requirements to make     |                         |
|documents available.     |                         |
|The functions, powers,   |No equivalent.           |
|liabilities and          |                         |
|obligations, and the     |                         |
|privileges and           |                         |
|immunities, of licensed  |                         |
|trustee companies by this|                         |
|Part are in addition to, |                         |
|any functions and powers,|                         |
|under any other law.     |                         |
|This provision is        |                         |
|intended to permit the   |                         |
|concurrent operation of  |                         |
|State and Territory laws |                         |
|that confer powers on    |                         |
|trustees, executors,     |                         |
|guardians etc.           |                         |
|Trustee companies are    |Some jurisdictions permit|
|permitted to operate     |the creation of common   |
|common funds.  A common  |funds, and some allow    |
|fund is a fund that      |such common funds to     |
|contains money from two  |include external money.  |
|or more estates.  A      |Common funds that contain|
|common fund can only be  |external money must      |
|established and operated |comply with Chapter 5C of|
|if it contains at least  |the Corporations Act.    |
|some estate money.  If   |                         |
|this condition is        |                         |
|satisfied, the common    |                         |
|fund may also include    |                         |
|other money.             |                         |
|If investments in common |                         |
|funds are offered to the |                         |
|public, trustee companies|                         |
|must also comply with the|                         |
|managed investment scheme|                         |
|provisions in Chapter 5C |                         |
|of the Corporations Act. |                         |
|                         |                         |
|There are certain other  |                         |
|administrative           |                         |
|requirements for common  |                         |
|funds.  Estate money     |                         |
|cannot be pooled into a  |                         |
|common fund if it would  |                         |
|be contrary to an express|                         |
|provision.               |                         |
|A licensed trustee       |Some jurisdictions have  |
|company must ensure that |similar specific fee     |
|an up-to-date schedule of|disclosure provisions.   |
|its fees that are        |                         |
|generally charged for its|                         |
|services (only           |                         |
|traditional trustee      |                         |
|company services) is     |                         |
|published on the         |                         |
|company's website and is |                         |
|available free of charge |                         |
|at the trustee company's |                         |
|offices during usual     |                         |
|opening hours.           |                         |
|A licensed trustee       |No equivalent.           |
|company (or authorised   |                         |
|representative) is       |                         |
|required to provide a    |                         |
|financial services guide |                         |
|(FSG) to its client at   |                         |
|the time when the client |                         |
|is seeking to acquire a  |                         |
|service (for example,    |                         |
|drafting a will).        |                         |
|In relation to charitable|Many jurisdictions impose|
|trusts, there is         |caps on the fees that    |
|'grandfathering' of fees |trustee companies may    |
|charged to existing      |charge.  However, Western|
|clients, and 'capping' of|Australia and the        |
|fees charged to new      |Australian Capital       |
|clients.                 |Territory do not impose  |
|In relation to new trusts|fee caps.                |
|and estates (other than  |                         |
|charitable trusts), there|                         |
|is deregulation, subject |                         |
|to a requirement that the|                         |
|company's fee schedule be|                         |
|disclosed on the Internet|                         |
|and a requirement that   |                         |
|trustee companies charge |                         |
|no more than the fees    |                         |
|specified in their       |                         |
|published fee schedule   |                         |
|immediately before the   |                         |
|trustee company started  |                         |
|to provide the service.  |                         |
|If a licensed trustee    |No equivalent.           |
|company continues to     |                         |
|provide traditional      |                         |
|trustee company services |                         |
|to a client and the fees |                         |
|that it will charge      |                         |
|change, the company must |                         |
|within 21 days of the    |                         |
|change in fees taking    |                         |
|effect notify the client |                         |
|of the change.           |                         |
|Subject to Part 5D.3, a  |Where not explicit, the  |
|licensed trustee company |power to charge fees may |
|may charge fees for the  |be inherent in State and |
|provision of traditional |Territory legislation.   |
|trustee company services.|                         |
|Part 5D.3 does not       |Some jurisdictions allow |
|prevent agreements       |the parties to negotiate |
|between the parties as to|different fees (however, |
|the fees that are        |certain persons, such as |
|charged, either in       |those under a disability,|
|addition to, or instead  |may not have this right  |
|of the fees, that are    |in some jurisdictions).  |
|permitted by the Part.   |                         |
|If the Court believes    |Some jurisdictions allow |
|that the fees charged by |the Supreme Court to     |
|a licensed trustee       |review fees and reduce   |
|company are excessive in |them if they are         |
|respect of an estate, the|excessive.               |
|Court may review the fees|                         |
|and may, having reviewed |                         |
|the fees, reduce them.   |                         |
|Officers and employees of|In some jurisdictions,   |
|a licensed trustee       |persons such as directors|
|company owe duties of    |are subject to personal  |
|loyalty and good faith;  |liability for defaults of|
|and duties of care, skill|the trustee company.     |
|and diligence.           |                         |
|The voting power of any  |Many State and Territory |
|one person (and two or   |laws include ownership   |
|more persons under an    |restrictions (set at 10, |
|arrangement) in a trustee|15 or 20 per cent) for   |
|company is restricted to |trustee companies.       |
|15 per cent, unless the  |                         |
|Minister approves a      |                         |
|higher shareholding.     |                         |
|There is a transitional  |                         |
|provision exempting      |                         |
|existing trustee         |                         |
|companies.               |                         |
|Where a trustee company  |Transfers of trustee     |
|has its AFSL cancelled,  |company business are     |
|ASIC may make a          |normally effected by     |
|compulsory transfer      |special State            |
|determination            |legislation.             |
|transferring estate      |                         |
|assets and liabilities   |                         |
|from the former licensee |                         |
|to another licensed      |                         |
|trustee company.         |                         |
|A person who has suffered|No equivalent.           |
|loss or damage because of|                         |
|the conduct of a licensed|                         |
|trustee company that     |                         |
|contravenes Chapter 5D   |                         |
|may take proceedings     |                         |
|against the trustee      |                         |
|company to recover the   |                         |
|loss or damage.  There is|                         |
|a limitation period of   |                         |
|six years on bringing    |                         |
|actions.                 |                         |
|ASIC has the power to    |No equivalent.           |
|make exemptions or       |                         |
|modifications to Chapter |                         |
|5D.  There is also a     |                         |
|power to make exemptions |                         |
|or modifications to      |                         |
|Chapter 5D by            |                         |
|regulations.             |                         |
|A provision of new       |No equivalent.           |
|Chapter 5D only binds the|                         |
|Crown in a particular    |                         |
|capacity in circumstances|                         |
|(if any) specified in the|                         |
|regulations.             |                         |
|Division 2 of Part 7.8   |No equivalent.           |
|makes provision for      |                         |
|dealing with clients'    |                         |
|money.  The Schedule     |                         |
|provides that Division 2 |                         |
|does not regulate        |                         |
|clients' money paid for  |                         |
|the provision of         |                         |
|traditional trustee      |                         |
|company services provided|                         |
|by the trustee company.  |                         |
|Amendments are made to   |No equivalent.           |
|ensure that the ASIC Act |                         |
|contains similar powers  |                         |
|and functions, in        |                         |
|relation to licensed     |                         |
|trustee companies and    |                         |
|traditional trustee      |                         |
|company services, to     |                         |
|those that are being     |                         |
|inserted into the        |                         |
|Corporations Act.        |                         |
|A trustee company that is|No equivalent.           |
|listed in the regulations|                         |
|under section 601RAB, and|                         |
|that, at that time,      |                         |
|already holds an AFSL, is|                         |
|taken to be authorised   |                         |
|under its AFSL to provide|                         |
|traditional trustee      |                         |
|company services for a   |                         |
|period of six months     |                         |
|starting on the date of  |                         |
|commencement of the      |                         |
|regulations providing the|                         |
|list of trustee          |                         |
|companies.               |                         |
|The provisions regarding |No equivalent.           |
|the disclosure to clients|                         |
|of changed fees also do  |                         |
|not apply for six months |                         |
|following commencement.  |                         |
|However, this does not   |                         |
|extend to the requirement|                         |
|that the trustee company |                         |
|must disclose its current|                         |
|schedule of fees on its  |                         |
|website maintained by or |                         |
|on behalf of the company.|                         |
|The requirements in Part |                         |
|7.7 of the Corporations  |                         |
|Act do not apply during  |                         |
|this period.  Part 7.7   |                         |
|contains provisions      |                         |
|relating to the FSG and  |                         |
|statements of advice.  At|                         |
|the end of the 6 month   |                         |
|period, a trustee company|                         |
|can only provide         |                         |
|traditional trustee      |                         |
|company services if it   |                         |
|has obtained an AFSL.    |                         |


Detailed explanation of new law


    130. These provisions bring trustee companies (when they perform
         traditional trustee company services) into the consumer protection
         regime for financial services set out in Chapter 7 of the
         Corporations Act and in the ASIC Act.  This means that, subject to
         modifications, trustee companies must comply with the licensing,
         conduct, disclosure, advice dispute resolution and compensation
         requirements of Chapter 7.


Jurisdictional scope


    131. Chapter 5C is subject to the general territorial application of the
         Corporations Act - that is, it applies 'in this jurisdiction'
         (subsection 5(3)).  Following the definition of this jurisdiction
         in subsection 5(1), Chapter 5C applies throughout mainland
         Australia.


Part 5D.1 - Preliminary


         Key concepts and definitions


         Regulation of trustee companies


    132. The regulation of trustee companies under Chapter 5D applies to a
         'licensed trustee company'.


    133. A trustee company is a company:


                . that is a constitutional corporation [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  paragraph 601RAB(1)(a)]; and


                . that is prescribed by the regulations as a trustee company
                  for the purposes of the Act [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  paragraph 601RAB(1)(b)].


    134. Companies may (for example) be prescribed:


                . by setting out a list of companies in the regulations
                  [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph 601RAB(2(a)]; or


                . by providing a mechanism in the regulation for the
                  determination of a list of companies [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  paragraph 601RAB(2)(b)].


      1.


                For example, the regulations could specify that a
                corporation that is authorised to apply for a grant of
                probate or letters of administration, of the estate of a
                deceased person, must be listed.


    135. A licensed trustee company is a trustee company that holds an AFSL
         covering the provision of 'traditional trustee company services'.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601RAA]


    136. As traditional trustee company services are financial services for
         the purpose of Chapter 7 (see proposed subsection 766A(1A) at
         Schedule 2, item 19), a trustee company will be required to hold an
         AFSL to provide those services.


         Services covered by this chapter


    137. The regulation of licensed trustee companies only applies to
         traditional trustee company services.  Traditional trustee company
         services fall into two categories:


                . preparing certain documents (such as a will or trust
                  instrument), applying for certain authorisations (such as
                  probate), and establishing and operating a common fund
                  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601RAC(1)]; and


                . estate management functions, which involve acting in
                  certain formal roles, such as a trustee, executor,
                  attorney, guardian or receiver [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  subsection 601RAC(2)].


    138. The overall effect is that a trustee company must be listed as a
         trustee company, and must hold an AFSL granted by ASIC, with that
         AFSL covering the provision of 'traditional trustee company
         services'.


    139. The Chapter applies to all trustee companies that are listed in the
         Schedule and that hold an AFSL covering the provision of
         traditional trustee company services.  This is subject to the
         proviso that public trust offices are only covered by the Chapter
         if they (and the relevant State/Territory) explicitly opt to be
         covered.


         Services that are not covered by this chapter


    140. Trustee companies provide a wide range of services, including
         services that are not covered by the definition of 'traditional
         trustee company services'.  To ensure there is no overlap and such
         services are not covered by Chapter 5C, the Chapter does not apply
         to:

                . operating a registered scheme (under Chapter 5C);
                . providing a custodial or depository service (within the
                  meaning of section 766E);
                . acting as trustee for debenture holders under Chapter 2L;
                . acting as a receiver or other controller of property of a
                  corporation under Part 5.2;
                . acting as trustee of a superannuation fund, an approved
                  deposit fund or a pooled superannuation trust (within the
                  meaning of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision)
                  Act 1993); or
                . acting in any other capacity prescribed by the
                  regulations.

         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601RAC(3]


         Meaning of 'client'


     141. A client of a trustee company is a person to whom, within the
          meaning of Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act, a financial service
          (that is, a traditional trustee company service) is provided by
          the trustee company.  Regulations made for the purpose of
          subsection 766A(1B) may define who is a client of a trustee
          company.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601RAA and subsection
          601RAB(3)]


         Meaning of 'court' and 'Court'


    142. These terms are defined in existing section 58AA of the
         Corporations Act.  While court means any court, Court relevantly
         includes the Federal Court and the Supreme Court of a State or
         Territory.  It is envisaged that the State and Territory Supreme
         Courts would continue to exercise their traditional functions,
         albeit (where such functions are covered by the Schedule) as an
         exercise of Federal jurisdiction by a State court.


         Meaning of 'person with a proper interest'


    143. The concept of a person with a proper interest, in relation to an
         estate, is defined in section 601RAD as including a number of
         persons and entities, both generally and in the case of charitable
         trusts, other trusts and deceased estates.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         section 601RAD]


         Other key definitions


    144. Fees are defined broadly to include fees in the nature of
         remuneration (including commissions), to ensure the definition
         accords with other references to fees in the Corporations Act (for
         example, in paragraph 942B(2)(e)).  [Schedule 2, item 9, section
         601RAA]


    145. A law means a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory,
         and includes a rule of common law or equity.  This definition
         mainly affects breach notification requirements.  [Schedule 2, item
         9, section 601RAA]


    146. The term publish picks up any references in regulations to
         publishing requirements.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601RAA]


    147. A will includes a codicil and other testamentary writing.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601RAA]


    148. The term estate is not defined in the legislation, but takes its
         meaning from section 22 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 as
         including 'any estate or interest charge right title claim demand
         lien or incumbrance at law or in equity'.


         Interaction between trustee company provisions and State and
         Territory laws


    149. A major objective of this reform is to ensure that, as far as
         possible, trustee companies are not subjected to multiple or
         overlapping regulatory regimes.


    150. Section 601RAE sets out the areas of law in which the trustee
         company provisions (as defined in subsection (1)) are intended to
         operate exclusively.  They are laws that:

                . authorise or license companies to provide traditional
                  trustee company services generally (as opposed to laws
                  that authorise or license companies to provide a
                  particular traditional trustee company service);
                . regulate the fees that may be charged by companies for the
                  provision of traditional trustee company services, and
                  laws that require the disclosure of such fees;
                . deal with the provision of accounts by companies in
                  relation to traditional trustee company services that they
                  provide;
                . deal with the duties of officers or employees of companies
                  that provide traditional trustee company services;
                . regulate the voting power that people may hold in
                  companies that provide traditional trustee company
                  services, or that otherwise impose restrictions on the
                  ownership or control of companies that provide traditional
                  trustee company services;
                . deal with what happens to assets and liabilities held by
                  a company, in connection with the provision by the
                  company of traditional trustee company services, if the
                  company ceases to be licensed or authorised to provide
                  such services.  (This does not apply to laws referred to
                  in section 601WBC, that is, complementary State and
                  Territory legislation to give effect to transfers of
                  estate assets and liabilities.)

         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601RAE(2)]


    151. The section explicitly notes that the Commonwealth provisions are
         not intended to exclude State or Territory laws that require a
         company, or its staff, to have particular qualifications or
         experience.  The section also explicitly states that complementary
         State or Territory statutes giving effect to compulsory transfer
         determinations under Part 5D.6 are not excluded.  [Schedule 2, item
         9, subsection 601RAE(3)]

    152. There is a specific regulation-making power to provide that the
         trustee company provisions are, or are not, intended to exclude
         prescribed State or Territory laws.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601RAE(4)]
    153. Part 1.1A, which ordinarily sets out the relationship between the
         Corporations Act and State and Territory legislation, does not
         apply in relation to the trustee company provisions.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsection 601RAE(6)]

Part 5D.2 - Powers etc. of licensed trustee companies

    154. Part 5D.2 broadly deals with two matters.  First, it deals with the
         effect of Schedule 2 on the jurisdiction of courts and the
         continuing operation of State and Territory laws [Schedule 2, item
         9, Part 5D.2, Division 1].  Secondly, it sets out the powers and
         obligations of licensed trustee companies in relation to the
         provision of accounts and the establishment and operation of common
         funds.  [Schedule 2, item 9, Part 5D.2, Divisions 2 and 3]
    155. In the past, only natural persons were able to provide personal
         trustee and estate administration services.  While this obstacle
         has been removed by State and Territory laws, it should also be
         noted that, under subsection 124(1) of the Corporations Act, a
         company has the legal capacity and powers of an individual both in
         and outside this jurisdiction.

         Division 1 - General provisions

    156. Part 5D.2 does not affect the inherent power or jurisdiction of
         courts to supervise the performance of traditional trustee company
         functions.  A licensed trustee company is subject in all respects
         to the same control and general jurisdiction of courts in the same
         way as any other person who performs traditional trustee company
         functions.  Under subsection 58AA(1) of the Corporations Act, court
         means any court.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601SAA]
    157. In addition to the powers, functions, liabilities and obligations,
         and such privileges and immunities, which a licensed trustee
         company has under these provisions, the company also has such other
         powers etc. as are prescribed by the regulations.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, section 601SAB]
    158. The functions, powers, liabilities and obligations, and the
         privileges and immunities, conferred or imposed, on licensed
         trustee companies by this Part are in addition to, any functions
         and powers, under any other law (law is defined in section 601RA to
         mean Commonwealth, State or Territory laws or a rule of common law
         or equity).  This provision is intended to permit the concurrent
         operation of State and Territory laws that confer powers on
         trustees, executors, guardians etc.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section
         601SAC]

         Division 2 - Accounts


     159. These provisions specify circumstances in which:

                . a licensed trustee company is not required to file
                  accounts relating to an estate, or may be required to
                  provide an account in relation to an estate; and
                . the Court may order an audit of an estate, and
                  requirements to make documents available.

         Licensed trustee company not required to file accounts


     160. A licensed trustee company, when acting alone in relation to any
          estate of a deceased person, is not required to file, or file and
          pass, accounts relating to the estate unless ordered to do so by
          the Court.  While Court is defined in subsection 58AA(1), it is
          envisaged that the State and Territory Supreme Courts would
          continue to exercise this role.  A licensed trustee company acting
          jointly with another person also does not have to file, or file
          and pass, account relating to the estate unless the other person
          intends to charge fees for its role, or so ordered by the Court.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601SBA]


         Licensed trustee company may be required to provide account in
         relation to estate


     161. To ensure that persons with a proper interest in the estate (as
          defined in section 601RAD) are able to access relevant information
          about the management of the estate, licensed trustee companies
          need to account to those persons on request.


     162. On application by a person with a proper interest in an estate
          that is being administered or managed by the licensed trustee
          company, the company must provide that person with an account of:

                . the assets and liabilities of the estate;
                . the trustee company's administration or management of the
                  estate;
                . any investment made from the estate;
                . any distribution made from the estate; and
                . any other expenditure (including fees and commissions)
                  from the estate.

         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SBB(1)]


     163. Failure to provide the account is an offence.  The maximum penalty
          is 50 penalty units.  ('Penalty unit' is defined in
          subsection 4AA(1) of the Crimes Act 1914.)  A penalty has been
          imposed because it is essential that a person with a proper
          interest is provided with the information contained in properly
          prepared accounts, so that the person may make an informed
          assessment about the management of the estate.  [Schedule 2, item
          28, item 173A in the table]


     164. If a company has provided an account, and a further account is
          requested within three months, the company need not provide a
          further account until that period of three months has expired.  A
          defendant trustee company bears an evidential burden in relation
          to whether an account has been provided within the three month
          period, as this is a matter within the knowledge of the company.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SBB(2)]


     165. The company may charge a reasonable fee for providing the account
          under this section.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SBB(3)]


     166. If the company fails to account, the Court may, on application by
          the person, make any order that the Court considers appropriate,
          including an order requiring the preparation and delivery of
          proper accounts.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SBB(4)]


         Court may order audit


     167. This provision enables the Court, on any application under section
          601SBB, to order an examination of the accounts of the trustee
          company relating to the estate by the person named in the order.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SBC(1)]


     168. On the making of an order, the trustee company must provide the
          person with:

                . a list of all the accounts kept by the company relating to
                  the estate; and
                . at all reasonable times, all books (as defined in section
                  9 of the Corporations Act) in the company's possession
                  relating to the estate; and
                . all necessary information and all other necessary
                  facilities for enabling the person to make the
                  examination.

         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SBC(2)]


     169. Failure to comply with subsection 601SBC(2) is an offence.  The
          maximum penalty is 50 penalty units.  A penalty has been imposed
          because it is essential that a trustee company comply with a court
          ordered audit.  [Schedule 2, item 28, item 173B in the table]


         Division 3 - Common funds


     170. Division 3 of Part 5D.2 overcomes the rules of trust law that
          would otherwise prevent the pooling of trust money with other
          money, or the pooling of money from two or more trusts.


     171. Trustee companies are permitted to operate common funds to enable
          the efficient pooling and investment of moneys from different
          estates.  A common fund is a fund that contains money from two or
          more estates.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections 601SCA(1) and (2)]


     172. A common fund can only be established and operated if it contains
          at least some estate money.  If this condition is satisfied, the
          common fund may also include other money.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
          subsections 601SCA(1) and (3)]


     173. If investments in common funds are offered to the public, trustee
          companies must also comply with the managed investment scheme
          provisions in Chapter 5C of the Corporations Act.  These
          provisions require managed investment schemes to be managed by a
          responsible entity, which must be a public corporation and hold a
          dealer's licence.  Each scheme must have a constitution, a
          compliance plan and a registered prospectus.


         Obligations relating to common funds


     174. If a licensed trustee company creates more than one common fund,
          each common fund must be allocated an appropriate distinguishing
          number.  Failure to do so is an offence, to ensure that persons
          with a proper interest in an estate can ascertain in which common
          fund the funds of the estate have been placed.  The maximum
          penalty is 50 penalty units.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection
          601SCB(1); item 28, item 173C in the table]


    175. The trustee company must keep, for each common fund, accounts
         showing at all times the current amount for the time being at
         credit in the fund on the account of each estate.  Failure to do so
         is an offence, to ensure that persons with a proper interest in an
         estate can ascertain how much money stands to the credit of the
         estate at any time.  The maximum penalty is 50 penalty units.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SCB(2); item 28, item 173D in
         the table]


    176. Estate money cannot be pooled into a common fund if it would be
         contrary to an express provision of the conditions under which the
         estate money is held.  Failure to comply is an offence, to ensure
         that the wishes of the person who created the estate are respected.
          The maximum penalty is 60 penalty units or imprisonment for 12
         months, or both.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SCB(3)]; item
         28, item 173E in the table]


         Regulations relating to establishment or operation of common funds


    177. The regulations may include provisions relating to the
         establishment or operation of common funds.  The reason for this
         broad power is to (for example) enable standards to be set.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601SCC]


    178. Regulations made under section 601SCC may alter the effect of
         section 601SCA, for example, the regulations may limit the
         circumstances in which other money may be pooled together with
         estate money.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601SCA(4)]


Part 5D.3 - Regulation of fees charged by licensed trustee companies


    179. Part 5D.3 of the Schedule regulates the disclosure of fees, and the
         level of fees, that licensed trustee companies are able to charge
         their clients for traditional trustee company services.


    180. The regulation of fees only applies to 'traditional trustee company
         services'.  'Traditional trustee company services' are defined in
         section 601RAC.  This means that the regulation of fees that occurs
         under this Part does not apply to fees for any other service that a
         trustee company may provide, such as acting as a superannuation
         trustee or being the responsible entity of a managed fund.


    181. The general approach to the regulation of fees includes:


                . disclosure of fees for all work which may be performed
                  (fees include remuneration/commissions);


                . deregulation of the fees charged to new trusts and estates
                  (other than charitable trusts), subject to a requirement
                  that the company's fee schedule be disclosed on the
                  Internet and a requirement that trustee companies charge
                  no more than the fees specified in their published fee
                  schedule immediately before the trustee company started to
                  provide the service;


                . in relation to charitable trusts:


                  - 'grandfathering' of fees charged to existing clients
                    ('grandfathering' means that those existing clients will
                    continue to pay the same fees as they did before the new
                    legislation); and


                  - capping of fees charged to new clients.


                . The Government is committed to a review of the fee
                  arrangements in relation to charitable trusts after two
                  years of operation.


         Division 1 - Disclosure of fees charged to estates and trusts


    182. Division 1 of Part 5D.3 deals with the disclosure of fees.


         Disclosure of fees to the public


    183. A licensed trustee company must ensure that an up-to-date schedule
         of its fees that are generally charged for its services (only
         traditional trustee company services) is:


                . published on a website maintained by or on behalf of the
                  company; and


                . is available free of charge at the trustee company's
                  offices during usual opening hours.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TAA]


    184. This measure supports the public disclosure of fees which may
         assist in enhancing transparency of fees and competition among
         trustee companies.  It also provides a measure by which fees are
         fixed for the duration of the service under section 601TCA.  For
         these reasons, failure to comply is an offence, and the maximum
         penalty is 60 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or both.
          [Schedule 2, item 28, item 173F in the table]


         Provision of Financial Services Guide


    185. As part of the requirement for a trustee company to hold an AFSL,
         licensed trustee companies (and its authorised representatives)
         must comply with the obligations that attach to the AFSL, including
         certain disclosure obligations contained in Part 7.7 of the
         Corporations Act, as modified by regulation, as appropriate.
         (Under the transitional provisions, this provision does not apply
         until six months after commencement.)  [Schedule 1, item 14,
         subsection 766A(1A) and (1B)]


    186. The Schedule amends section 761G to provide that traditional
         trustee company services are provided to a person as a retail
         client, subject to a regulation making power primarily designed to
         deal with unintended consequences and/or obligations that are not
         relevant to traditional trustee company services.  [Schedule 2,
         items 15 and 16, subsection 761G(6A)]


    187. Among other obligations, this will mean that a licensed trustee
         company (or authorised representative) is required to provide a
         financial services guide (FSG) to its client at the time when the
         client is seeking to acquire a service (for example, the drafting
         of a will).  This means the client will receive information about
         the fees in the nature of remuneration (including commissions) that
         the trustee company charges for traditional trustee company
         services, as well as other information about the trustee company as
         set out in subsections 942B(2) and 942C(2).  Under section 941D,
         this disclosure must occur as soon as practicable after it becomes
         apparent to the trustee company that they will, or are likely, to
         provide services to the client.


         Disclosure to clients of changed fees


    188. If a licensed trustee company continues to provide traditional
         trustee company services to a client and the fees that it will
         charge change, the company must within 21 days of the change in
         fees taking effect notify the client of the change.  The company
         may:


                . send the client a copy of the changed fee, if the client
                  has made an election under paragraph 601TAB(2) [Schedule
                  2, item 9, paragraph 601TAB(1)(a)]; or


                . in any other case - directly notify the client, in
                  writing, that the changed fees are available on a website
                  maintained by or on behalf of the company [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, paragraph 601TAB(1)(b)].


    189. Failure to comply with subsection 601TAB(1) is an offence, to
         ensure trustee companies provide updated fee schedules to their
         clients who are affected.  The maximum penalty is 60 penalty units
         or imprisonment for 12 months, or both.  [Schedule 2, item 28, item
         173G in the table]


    190. If a client has elected to receive a copy of changes to fees (which
         is free of charge) they can elect to receive an electronic copy.
         In any other case, the client must be provided with a hard copy.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraphs 601TAB(2)(a) and (b)]


    191. If the client is under a legal disability, a copy of the changed
         fees, or a notice regarding changed fees, must be provided to the
         client's agent ('agent' is sufficiently broad to encompass a
         person's legal representative), and a request referred to in
         paragraph 601TAB(1)(a) or (2)(a) may be made by the agent.


         Division 2 - General arrangements about charging fees


    192. Division 2 of Part 5D.3 clarifies some matters in relation to
         arrangements for fees charged to trusts and estates.


         Power to charge fees


    193. This section makes it clear that, notwithstanding any impediment at
         common law (or in a statute), a licensed trustee company may charge
         fees for the provision of traditional trustee company services.
         The power to charge fees is subject to Part 5D.3.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsection 601TBA(1)]


    194. The section also makes clear that if a provision of Part 5D.3
         limits the fees that a trustee company may charge, the trustee
         company must not charge fees in excess of that limit.  Failure to
         comply with this section is an offence.  The maximum penalty is 60
         penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or both.  A penalty
         has been imposed to ensure that trustee companies adhere to the fee
         limits.  Also, excess fees may be recovered in a civil action under
         section 601XAA.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TBA(2); item
         28, item 173H in the table and section 601XAA]


    195. As Division 4 and 5 of this Part place some limits on fees that may
         be charged, the Schedule clarifies that this Part does not prevent
         agreements between the parties as to the fees that are charged,
         either in addition to, or instead of the fees, that are permitted
         by this Part.  This can be a result of:


                . any fees that a testator, in his or her will, has directed
                  to be paid [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TBB(1)]; or


                . any fees that are agreed between the trustee company and a
                  person or persons who have authority to deal with the
                  trustee company on matters relating to the provision of
                  the service (such persons may be prescribed by regulation)
                  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TBB(2)].


    196. The legislation clarifies that the Part does not prevent a licensed
         trustee company from charging a fee permitted by subsection
         601SBB(3) for the provision of an account in relation to an estate.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TBC]


    197. The legislation also clarifies that the Part does not prevent the
         reimbursement of all disbursements properly made by the trustee
         company in the provision of traditional trustee company services.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TBD].


    198. Finally, where a licensed trustee company provides estate
         management services, fees charged for the provision of this service
         must be paid out of the capital or income of the relevant estate.
         This provision provides flexibility for the licensed trustee
         company to draw fees from capital or income of the estate, as
         appropriate.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TBE(2)]


    199. This flexibility does not apply to:


                . a management fee (under section 601TDD), which can only
                  come out of income of the relevant estate.  This
                  management fee only applies to new charitable trusts; and


                . a common fund administration fee (under section 601TDE or
                  601TDI), which can only come out of the income received by
                  the common fund.  This common fund administration fee only
                  applies to new charitable trusts.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraphs 601TBE(3)(a) and (b)]


         Division 3 - Fees charged to trusts and estates (other than for
         being trustee or manager of a charitable trust)


    200. Division 3 of Part 5D.3 deals with fees charged, other than for
         charitable trusts.


    201. A licensed trustee company must not charge fees in excess of its
         schedule of fees most recently published on its website (required
         by section 601TAA) before the trustee company started to provide
         the service.  This means that a client cannot be charged more than
         the fees set out in the schedule of fees for the duration of the
         service.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TCA]


    202. This fixed fee schedule for the duration of the service provides
         some certainty to consumers about the level of fees.


    203. Trustee companies are able to change the schedule of fees as
         appropriate, reflecting the changing costs of the services, but
         once the service commences the fees are locked in at the last
         published schedule of fees.

    204. As set out earlier, the parties are able to negotiate, either
         higher or lower fees, than the amount set in the most recent
         published schedule of fees.
    205. The fee arrangements (under section 601TCA) do not apply to:
                . the provision of any service that started before
                  commencement of this section; or
                . the service is being the trustee or manager of a
                  charitable trust.  Fees for charitable trusts are
                  regulated by Division 4.

         Division 4 - Fees for being trustee or manager of a charitable
         trust

    206. Division 4 of Part 5D.3 deals with fees in relation to licensed
         trustee companies providing the service of being the trustee or
         manager of a charitable trust when the provision of the service
         started on or after the commencement of section 601TDA.  [Schedule
         2, section 601TDA]
    207. Different fee arrangements apply to services provided to new
         charitable trusts (these being services provided after this section
         commences), and existing charitable trusts (for services already
         being provided).
    208. The Government will review the fees arrangements for both existing
         and new charitable trusts after the provisions have been in
         operation for two years.
    209. The Schedule does not define a 'charitable trust'.  The meaning of
         charitable trust is derived from case law.

         Subdivision A - Fees for new charitable trusts

    210. Subdivision A deals with fee arrangements for new charitable
         trusts.
    211. If a licensed trustee company provides traditional trustee company
         services, being service as the trustee or manager of a charitable
         trust and that service started on or after the commencement of this
         section, then, the trustee company must only charge,
                . either:
                  - a capital commission and an income commission, as
                    provided under section 601TDC (option 1); or
                  - a management fee as provided under section 601TDD
                    (option 2) [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph 601TDB(1)(a)];
                    and
                . if applicable, common fund administration fees under
                  section 601TDE [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph
                  601TDB(1)(b)]; and
                . if applicable, fees permitted by section 601TDF in respect
                  of the preparation of returns etc [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  paragraph 601TDB(1)(c)].
    212. This provision mirrors the arrangements set out in Part IV of the
         Trustee Companies Act 1984 (Victoria).
    213. As previously outlined, this fee structure does not affect the
         ability of the charitable trust and the trustee company to
         negotiate different fee arrangements.

         Option 1:  Capital and income commission

    214. The first option is that a trustee company may charge a capital
         commission and an income commission.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section
         601TDC]
    215. The capital commission charged must not exceed 5.5 per cent (goods
         and services tax (GST) inclusive) of the gross value of the trust
         assets.  'Gross value of the trust assets' is undefined.  The
         capital commission can only be charged once during the period the
         trustee company is trustee or manager of the trust.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsections 601TDC(1) and (2)]
    216. The regulations may make provision relating to the capital
         commission, which may include (but are not limited to):
                . the calculation of the commission or the gross value of
                  trust assets;
                . when, during the period referred to in subsection (2), the
                  commission may be charged.

         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TDC(3)]

    217. In addition to the capital commission, the trustee company may
         charge an annual income commission not exceeding 6.6 per cent
         (goods and services tax (GST) inclusive) of the income received on
         trust assets.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TDC(4)]
    218. The regulations may make provision relating to the income
         commission, which may include (but are not limited to):
                . the calculation of the commission or of the income
                  received on the trust assets;
                . when, during the year, the commission may be charged; and
                . apportionment of the amount of the commission for part-
                  years.

         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TDC(5)]


         Option 2:  Annual management fee


    219. The second option is that, instead of a capital commission
         and income commission, a trustee company may charge an annual
         management fee.  The annual management fee must not exceed
         1.056 per cent (GST inclusive) of the gross value of the trust
         assets.  (It is understood that the 1.056 per cent figure is based
         on a monthly figure of 0.08 per cent plus GST.)  [Schedule 2, item
         9, subsection 601TDD(1)]


    220. The regulations may make provision relating to the management fee,
         including (but not limited to):


                . the calculation of the management fee or of the gross
                  value of the trust assets; and


                . when, during a year, the management fee may be charged;
                  and


                . apportionments of the amount of the management fee for
                  part-years.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TDD(2)]


         Common funds


    221. If trust assets are included in a common fund operated by the
         trustee company, the trustee company may charge an annual common
         fund administration fee not exceeding 1.1 per cent of the gross
         value of the trust's assets in the fund.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601TDE(1)]


    222. The regulations may make provisions relating to common fund
         administration including (but not limited to):


                . the calculation of the common fund administration fee or
                  gross value of the trust assets in the fund; and


                . when, during a year, the common fund administration fee
                  may be charged; and


                . the apportionment of the common fund administration fee
                  for part-years.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TDE(2)]


         Additional amounts for preparation of returns etc.


    223. The trustee company may charge a reasonable fee for work involved
         in the preparation and lodging of returns for the purpose of, or in
         connection with, assessments of any duties or taxes (other than
         probate, death, succession or estate duties) related to the trust
         estate.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TDF]


         Subdivision B - Existing client charitable trusts


    224. Subdivision B of Division 4 deals with fee arrangements for
         existing client charitable trusts.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section
         601TDG]


    225. The Schedule 'grandfathers' fees in relation to existing charitable
         trust clients.  'Grandfathering' generally means that, when rules
         change, current participants remain unaffected and the new rules
         only apply to new participants.  'Grandfathering' will apply where
         the trustee company provides a traditional trustee company service,
         being a service as the trustee or manager of a charitable trust and
         that service started before the commencement of this section.


    226. In those circumstances, the general rule is that the trustee
         company must not charge fees in excess of fees that it could have
         charged in relation to the trust immediately before the
         commencement of this section.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TDH]


    227. However, if any of the trust assets are included in a common fund,
         the trustee company may charge an annual administration fee not
         exceeding 1.1 per cent of the gross value of the charitable trust's
         assets in the fund.  This provision enables trustee companies to
         charge the additional fee at the estate level, rather than at the
         common fund level.  The regulations may make provision for matters
         relating to the common fund administration fee.  [Schedule 2, item
         9, section 601TDI]


    228. Further, the trustee company may charge a reasonable fee for work
         involved in the preparation and lodging of returns for the purpose
         of, or in connection with, assessments of any duties or taxes
         (other than probate, death, succession or estate duties) related to
         the trust estate.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601TDJ]


         Division 5 - Miscellaneous


    229. Division 5 deals with miscellaneous matters, including powers of
         the court regarding excessive fees and directors' fees payable to
         an officer of a trustee company who acts as director of (another)
         corporation for purposes connected with the administration or
         management of an estate.


         Power of the Court with respect to excessive fees


    230. If the Court is of the opinion that the fees charged by a licensed
         trustee company are excessive in respect of an estate, the Court
         may review the fees and may, having reviewed the fees, reduce them.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TEA(1)]


    231. The Court may not review fees:


                . that are charged as permitted by section 601TBB (that is,
                  fees set by a testator, or agreed between the trustee
                  company and persons with authority to negotiate; or


                . that relate to a charitable trust and are charged in
                  accordance with Subdivision A of Division 4, given that
                  these fees are fixed by law.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TEA(2)]


    232. When the Court is considering whether fees are excessive, the Court
         may consider any or all of the matters set out in
         subsection 601TEA(3).  Those matters include: the extent to which
         work performed by the company was reasonably necessary; the period
         during which the work was, or is likely to be, performed; the
         complexity (or otherwise) or the work performed, or likely to be
         performed, by the company; and the extent to which the trustee
         company was, or is likely to be, required to deal with
         extraordinary matters.  The Court may also consider any other
         relevant matter.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601TEA(3)]


    233. The Court may exercise its powers either on its own motion or on
         application of a person with a proper interest in the estate (as
         defined in section 601RAD).  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601TEA(4)]


    234. If the Court reduces the fees by more than 10 per cent, the company
         must, unless the Court in special circumstances otherwise orders,
         pay the costs of the review.  Subject to this proviso, all
         questions of costs of the review are in the discretion of the
         Court.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections 601TEA(5) and (6)]


         Directors' fees otherwise payable to an officer of a trustee
         company


    235. This provision is intended to apply where an estate being
         administered or managed by a trustee company has a shareholding or
         other interest in a corporation, and an officer of the trustee
         company acts as a director of that corporation for the purposes of
         administering the estate.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection
         601TEB(1)]


    236. In such circumstances, the trustee company is entitled to the
         directors' fees payable to the officer.  To clarify matters,
         neither the officer nor the estate is entitled to such fees.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections 601TEB(2) and (3)]


Part 5D.4 - Duties of officers and employees of licensed trustee companies


    237. Part 5D.4 sets out the duties of officers and employees of licensed
         trustee companies.


    238. It is the intention of the legislation that State and Territory
         laws providing for personal liability of directors of trustee
         companies are to be repealed.  In their place, the rules provided
         by this Schedule, and other Corporations Act provisions, such as
         section 197, will govern directors and officers' duties and
         liabilities.


         Duties of officers


    239. An officer of a licensed trustee company has duties imposed under
         section 601UAA.  (These duties are in addition to duties owed under
         other provisions of the Corporations Act, such as section 197.)  In
         the main, the duties can be classified as:


                . duties of loyalty and good faith; and


                . duties of care, skill and diligence.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601UAA]


         Duties of loyalty and good faith


    240. The positive duty of loyalty of an officer of a trustee company is
         to act honestly.  [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph 601UAA(1)(a)]


    241. The negative aspects of the duty of loyalty require the officers of
         trustee companies to avoid the following conflicts of interest:


                . not to make use of information to gain an improper
                  advantage for the officer or another person or cause
                  detriment to the clients of the trustee company; and


                . not to make improper use of their position to gain
                  directly or indirectly an advantage for themselves, or for
                  any other person, or cause detriment to the clients of the
                  trustee company.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraphs 601UAA(1)(c) and (d)]


         Duties of care, skill and diligence


    242. An officer of a licensed trustee company must:


                . exercise the degree of care and diligence that a
                  reasonable person would expect if they were in the
                  officer's position [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph
                  601UAA(1)(b)]; and


                . take all steps to ensure the trustee company complies with
                  the Corporations Act and its AFSL [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  paragraph 601UAA(1)(e)].


    243. There are both civil and criminal penalties for a contravention of
         the duties under subsection 601UAA(1).  The intention of the dual
         regime is to give primacy to the civil penalty regime and retain
         criminal penalties for serious breaches of the Act.


                . Civil penalties apply for a contravention, or involvement
                  in a contravention, of subsection 601UAA(1).  This is
                  reflected in subsection 1317E(1), as amended [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, subsections 601UAA(1); item 27, paragraph
                  1317E(1)(jaaa)].


                . Also it is an offence to intentionally or recklessly
                  contravene (or be involved in a contravention of)
                  subsection 601UAA(1).  The maximum penalty is 300 penalty
                  units or imprisonment for five years, or both [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, subsections 601UAA(1) and (2); item 28, item 173J
                  in the table].


    244. The duties of an officer of a trustee company under
         subsection 601UAA(1) override any conflicting duties the officer
         has under Part 2D.1 of the Corporations Act (duties of officers and
         employees), but is subject any conflicting duties the officer has
         under Part 5C.2 (duties of officers and employees of responsible
         entities of managed investment schemes).  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601UAA(3)]


    245. A reference to a client in this section is a reference to the
         clients, when viewed as a group (client is defined in subsection
         601RAB(3)).  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601UAA(4)]


         Duties of employees


    246. The Schedule imposes a negative duty on employees of trustee
         companies to avoid conflicts of interest.  An employee must not:


                . make use of information to gain an improper advantage for
                  the employee or another person or cause detriment to the
                  clients of the trustee company; or


                . make improper use of their position to gain directly or
                  indirectly an advantage for themselves, or for any other
                  person, or cause detriment to the clients of the trustee
                  company.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601UAB(1)]


    247. There are both civil and criminal penalties for a contravention of
         the duties under subsection 601UAB(1).  As with subsection
         601UAA(1), the intention of the dual regime is to give primacy to
         the civil penalty regime and retain criminal penalties for serious
         breaches of the Act.


                . Civil penalties apply for a contravention, or involvement
                  in a contravention of subsection 601UAB(1).  This is
                  reflected in subsection 1317E(1), as amended [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, subsection 601UAB(2); item 27, paragraph
                  1317E(1)(jaab)].


                . Also, it is an offence to intentionally or recklessly
                  contravene (or be involved in a contravention of)
                  subsection 601UAB(1).  The maximum penalty is 300 penalty
                  units or imprisonment for five years, or both [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, subsection 601UAB(1); item 28, item 173K in the
                  table].


    248. The duties of an employee of a trustee company under
         subsection 601UAB(1) override any conflicting duty the employee has
         under Part 2D.1 of the Corporations Act (this relates to duties of
         officers and employees) but is subject any conflicting duties the
         employee has under Part 5C.2 (duties of officers and employees of
         responsible entities of managed investment schemes).  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsection 601UAB(3)]


    249. A reference to a client in this section is a reference to the
         clients, when viewed as a group (client is defined in subsection
         601RAB(3)).  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601UAB(4)]


Part 5D.5 - Limit on control of licensed trustee companies


    250. Many State and Territory laws include ownership restrictions for
         trustee companies.  The Schedule also places ownership restrictions
         on trustee companies.  These limitations are intended to maintain a
         broad spread of ownership and minimise the possibility that a
         single shareholder could obtain control.


    251. Part 5D.5 provides for:


                . a prohibition on acquisitions which result in an
                  'unacceptable control situation'.  This has the effect of
                  restricting voting power of any one person (and two or
                  more persons under an arrangement) in a trustee company to
                  15 per cent, unless the Minister approves a higher
                  shareholding under Division 2 [Schedule 2, item 9, section
                  601VAA and Division 2 of Part 5D.5];


                . procedures for the Minister to approve a higher
                  shareholding than 15 per cent [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  Division 2 of Part 5D.5];


                . provisions empowering the Court to make a remedial order
                  or issue an injunction where there is an unacceptable
                  control situation [Schedule 2, item 9, sections 601VAC and
                  601VAD], so long as an order under section 601VAC does not
                  offend paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution relating to
                  unjust acquisition of property [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  section 601VCA]; and


                . an anti-avoidance provision [Schedule 2, item 9, section
                  601VCC].


    252. The 15 per cent limitation is comparable to the limitation for
         'financial sector companies' under the Financial Sector
         (Shareholdings) Act 1998.  Further, the limitation aligns with
         Division 1 of Part 7.4 of the Corporations Act on bodies corporate
         and their holding companies, who hold an Australian market licence
         or Australian clearing and settlement facility licence.


         Unacceptable control situation - the 15 per cent limitation


    253. An unacceptable control situation exists if a person's voting power
         in relation to a licensed trustee company exceeds 15 per cent, or
         exceeds the set percentage in force under Division 2 in relation to
         that trustee company.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VAA]


    254. It is an offence for a person (or two or more persons) to acquire
         shares in a body corporate, where the acquisition has the result
         that:


                . an unacceptable control situation comes into existence in
                  relation to the trustee company; or


                . if an unacceptable control situation already exists in
                  relation to the trustee company - there is an increase in
                  the voting power of the person in the trustee company.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VAB]


    255. Contravention of section 601VAB is an offence, in order to
         emphasise the seriousness of a breach of the shareholding limit.
         The maximum penalty is 120 penalty units or imprisonment for two
         years, or both.  [Schedule 2, item 28, item 173L in the table]


         Division 2 - Approval to exceed 15 per cent limitation


    256. Division 2 empowers the Minister to approve applications to hold
         more than 15 per cent of the voting power of a licensed trustee
         company if the Minister is satisfied that it would be in the
         interests of the licensed trustee company and its clients.  This
         power to increase the 15 per cent ownership limitation is included
         so that, for example, the range of ownership options in the future
         is not fettered.  For example many trustee companies are wholly-
         owned subsidiaries of other companies.


    257. The provisions cover the following:


                . lodging an application with ASIC to exceed the 15 per cent
                  limitation [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VBA];


                . the Minister granting or refusing such an application
                  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VBB] and revoking an
                  approval [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VBF];


                . the duration of the approval [Schedule 2, item 9, section
                  601VBC];


                . conditions of approval [Schedule 2, item 9, section
                  601VBD];


                . varying the percentage approved [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  section 601VBE];


                . seeking further information about an application [Schedule
                  2, item 9, section 601VBG]; and


                . seeking the views of the licensed trustee company and its
                  clients [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VBH].


    258. When the Minister is considering the interests of clients, it is a
         reference to the interests of the clients, when viewed as a group.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VCB]


    259. The Minister is required to make a decision within 30 days after
         receiving such an application.  However, the Minister may, before
         the end of 30 days, extend the period in which the decision must be
         made to 60 days.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections 601VBI(1) and
         (2)]


    260. Time does not run while a request for further information is
         outstanding (see subsection 601VBG(1)).  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601VBI(4]


    261. However, if the Minister fails to make a decision within the time
         limit, he or she is taken to have granted what was applied for
         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VBI(3)], unless an unacceptable
         control situation exists [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection
         601VBI(5)].


    262. If a person holds approval under section 601VBB, they must notify
         ASIC, in writing, if they become aware they have breached a
         condition to which the approval is subject.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601VBD(8)]


                . Failure to do so is an offence.  The maximum penalty is
                  60 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or both
                  [Schedule 2, item 28, item 173M in the table].


                . Also, the Minister may revoke an approval if the Minister
                  is satisfied that there has been such a contravention of a
                  condition of approval [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph
                  601VBF(1)(c)].


         Powers of the Court relating to unacceptable control situations


         Court orders


    263. The Court has the power to make orders, as it considers
         appropriate, for the purposes of remedying an unacceptable control
         situation.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VAC(1)]


    264. The Court's orders may include (but are not limited to), an order:


                . directing the disposal of shares;


                . restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares;


                . prohibiting or deferring payment of sums due to a person
                  in respect of shares held by the person;


                . that any exercise of rights attached to shares be
                  disregarded;


                . directing any person to do or refrain from doing a
                  specified act, for the purposes of compliance with other
                  orders made; or


                . containing ancillary or consequential provisions as the
                  court thinks just.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VAC(3)]


    265. The Court may only make an order, on application, by specified
         parties which are:


                . the Minister;


                . ASIC;


                . the trustee company;


                . a person who has voting power in the trustee company; or


                . a client of the trustee company.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VAC(2)]


    266. The court may rescind, vary or discharge an order, or suspend the
         operation of an order.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VAC(6)]


         Injunctions


    267. There is a general provision with respect to injunctions in section
         1324.  The Schedule provides that, if any conduct amounts or would
         amount to a contravention of Part 5D.5, a trustee company is a
         person whose interests may be affected, and who thus may apply to
         the court for an injunction.  The class of persons 'whose interests
         are affected' is not limited by subsection (1).  [Schedule 2, item
         9, subsections 601VAD(1) and (2)]


    268. The Minister has the same powers as ASIC to apply for an injunction
         if the conduct of a trustee company amounts to a contravention of
         this Part.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VAD(3)]


    269. The power to grant remedial orders in section 601VAC and the
         general injunction power in section 1324 do not, by implication,
         limit each other.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601VAD(4)]


         Other matters


         Acquisition of property


    270. The court must not make a remedial order under section 601VAC if
         the order would result in the acquisition of property from a person
         otherwise than on just terms.  The court must also not make such an
         order whereby the order would be invalid because of
         paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.  Acquisition of property
         has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution,
         and just terms has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the
         Constitution.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601VCA]


         Anti-avoidance


    271. Section 601VCC outlines the circumstances when the Minister may
         give the controller a written direction to cease having voting
         power.  A person subject to a written direction must comply with
         the direction.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections 601VCC(1) and (2)]


    272. The section is directed at situations in which a person or persons
         enter into, begin to carry out or carry out a scheme, for the sole
         or dominant purpose of avoiding the application of Division 1 of
         Part 5D.5, and as a result of the scheme, a person (the controller)
         increases the controller's voting power in a licensed trustee
         company.  'Scheme' is not defined.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection
         601VCC(1)]


    273. Failure to comply with a direction is an offence, to prevent
         avoidance of the application of Division 1 dealing with
         unacceptable control situations.  The maximum penalty is 120
         penalty units or imprisonment for two years, or both.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsection 601VCC(2)]


    274. Subsection (3) states that a direction under subsection (1) is not
         a legislative instrument.  This provision is included to assist
         readers, as the instrument is not a legislative instrument within
         the meaning of section 5 of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003
         (Legislative Instruments Act) on general principles.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsection 601VCC(3)]


    275. For the purposes of this section, increase voting power includes
         increasing it from a starting point of nil.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601VCC(4)]


Part 5D.6 - Consequences of cancellation of Australian financial services
licence


    276. Because a trustee company requires an AFSL to provide traditional
         trustee company services, if ASIC cancels its AFSL, the company can
         no longer provide the services, potentially leaving clients without
         an entity to manage or administer estates in which they have an
         interest.  (This is subject to section 915H, which provides that
         when ASIC suspends or cancels an AFSL, ASIC may specify that the
         licence continues in effect for the purposes of specified
         provisions of the Corporations Act in relation to specified
         matters, a specified period, or both.)


    277. Part 5D.6 deals with this situation by providing for the transfer
         of estate assets and liabilities from the former licensed trustee
         company to another licensed trustee company, if certain conditions
         are satisfied.


    278. Broadly, there is a two-stage process in which:


                . ASIC makes a compulsory transfer determination, if
                  specified conditions are satisfied.  This means there is
                  to be a transfer of estate assets and liabilities to a new
                  licensed trustee company (the receiving company);


                . Second, ASIC issues a certificate of transfer, to effect
                  the transfer of estate assets and liabilities to the
                  receiving company, if specified conditions are satisfied.


Key definitions for the Part


    279. Subsection 601WAA(1) defines several key terms for the purposes of
         this Part dealing with the consequences of cancellation of an AFSL.




                . asset includes, in general terms, any legal or equitable
                  estate or interest in real or personal property, whether
                  present or future, vested or contingent, tangible or
                  intangible.  It also covers any chose in action; any
                  right, interest or claim of any kind; and any capital
                  gains tax (CGT) asset [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  subsection 601WAA(1)];


                . cancel in relation to a licence means the cancellation of
                  a licence under Part 7.6 or a variation of the licence so
                  that it ceases to cover traditional trustee company
                  services [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WAA(1)];


                . estate assets and liabilities means assets (including
                  assets in common funds) and liabilities:


                  - of an estate, in relation to which the trustee company
                    (before its licence was cancelled) was performing estate
                    management functions; and


                  - that, immediately before the cancellation, were vested
                    in the trustee company because it was performing those
                    functions, or were otherwise assets and liabilities of
                    the trustee company because of its performance of those
                    functions [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WAA(1)];


                . liability includes a duty or obligation of any kind,
                  whether arising under an instrument or otherwise, and
                  whether actual, contingent or prospective [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, subsection 601WAA(1)].


    280. The subsection also defines authorised ASIC officer, interest and
         licence.


    281. ASIC may, in writing, authorise a person (who is a member of ASIC
         or its staff) to perform or exercise functions of powers under this
         Part.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WAA(2) and definition of
         authorised ASIC officer in section 601WAA]


         Compulsory transfer determinations


    282. If ASIC cancels the licence of a trustee company, ASIC, may, in
         writing, make a determination (which is a compulsory transfer
         determination) that there is to be a transfer of the estate assets
         and liabilities from the transferring company to another licensed
         trustee company (the receiving company).


    283. ASIC can only make a compulsory transfer determination if:


                . either:


                  - the Minister has consented to the transfer; or


                  - the Minister's consent is not required [Schedule 2, item
                    9, paragraph 601WBA(2)(a)]; and


                . ASIC is satisfied that:


                  - the transfer is in the interests of the clients of the
                    transferring company (when viewed as a group) and
                    clients of the receiving company (when viewed as a
                    group).  (Client is defined in subsection 601RAB(3) to
                    only include a client being provided with traditional
                    trustee company services) [Schedule 2, item 9,
                    paragraph 601WBA(2)(a)].  (The Minister or ASIC may seek
                    the views of the licensed trustee company and its
                    clients, as part of the possible exercise of their
                    powers.)  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601WCH];


                . the board of the receiving company has consented to the
                  transfer.  This consent is in force until it is withdraw
                  by the board with the agreement of ASIC.  ASIC may agree
                  to allow the board to withdraw its consent, such as where
                  circumstances have arisen since consent was given or
                  taking into account other relevant matter [Schedule 2,
                  item 9, section 601WBB];


                . State and Territory legislation (that satisfies section
                  601WBA) to facilitate the transfer has been enacted in the
                  State or Territory [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph
                  601WBA(2(b)(iv) and section 601WBC].


    284. The determination must include particulars of the transfer,
         including the names of the transferring and receiving company and
         the extent of transfer of the estate assets and liabilities.  The
         determination must also include a statement of reasons why the
         determination has been made.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections
         601WBA(3) and (4)]


    285. Subsection (5) states that the determination is not a legislative
         instrument.  This provision is included to assist readers, as the
         instrument is not a legislative instrument within the meaning of
         section 5 of the Legislative Instruments Act on general principles.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WBA(5)]


         Minister's power to decide that consent not required


    286. Under section 601WBD, the Minister's consent is not required if the
         Minister has determined in writing that his or her consent is not
         required in relation to the transfer or a class of transfers.  The
         regulations may prescribe criteria to be taken into account by the
         Minister in deciding whether to make a determination.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsections 601WBD(1) and (2)]


    287. Subsections (3) and (4) clarify when a determination is, or is not,
         a legislative instrument.  These provisions are included to assist
         readers, as a single transfer determination is not a legislative
         instrument within the meaning of section 5 of the Legislative
         Instruments Act on general principles.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsections 601WBD(3) and (4)]


         Determinations may impose conditions


    288. The determination may impose conditions on the receiving or
         transferring company, either or both, before or after the
         certificate of transfer has been issued.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601WBE(1)]


    289. ASIC may vary or revoke determinations if it considers it
         appropriate.  The transferring or receiving company may also apply
         to ASIC for variation or revocation for conditions imposed under
         paragraph 601WBE(1)(b), that is, after the certificate of transfer
         has been issued.  ASIC must notify the relevant company of its
         action or decision in writing.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsections
         601WBE(2) and (3)]


    290. It is an offence for the transferring or receiving company not to
         comply with conditions imposed by ASIC, to ensure compliance with
         this provision.  The maximum penalty is 50 penalty units.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WBE(5); item 28, item 173P in
         the table]


    291. Subsection 601WBE(6) specifies that a transferring company or a
         receiving company does not commit an offence against the
         Corporations Act merely because the company is complying with a
         condition imposed by ASIC.  A defendant bears the evidential proof
         in relation to the defence under subsection 601WBE(6), as these are
         matters squarely within the knowledge of the defendant.  [Schedule
         2, item 9, subsection 601WBE(6)]


         Notice of determination


    292. ASIC must give a copy of the determination to the transferring and
         receiving company.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601WBF]


         Certificate of transfer


    293. If ASIC has made a compulsory transfer determination, and ASIC
         considers that the transfer should go ahead and consent of the
         board under subparagraph 601WBA(2)(b)(iii) has not been withdrawn,
         ASIC must issue, in writing, a certificate (known as a certificate
         of transfer) that the transfer is to take effect.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsection 601WBG(1)]


    294. The certificate of transfer must include the names of the
         transferring and receiving company, the details of the extent of
         transfer of estate assets and liabilities, and when the certificate
         is to come into force [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WBG(2)].
         The certificate comes into effect in accordance with the statement
         in the certificate [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WBG(4)].


    295. The certificate may include provisions specifying, or specifying a
         mechanism for determining, other things that are to happen, or that
         are taken to be the case, in relation to the assets and liabilities
         subject to the transfer.  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection
         601WBG(3)]


    296. Subsection (5) clarifies that the certificate is not a legislative
         instrument.  This provision is included to assist readers, as the
         instrument is not a legislative instrument within the meaning of
         section 5 of the Legislative Instruments Act on general principles.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WBG(5)]


         Notice of certificate


    297. ASIC must give a copy of the certificate of transfer to the
         transferring and receiving company, and must publish notice of the
         issue of the certificate (publish means in accordance with the
         regulations: see section 601RAA).  [Schedule 2, item 9, section
         601WBH]


         Time and effect of compulsory transfer


    298. The effect of a certificate coming into force is that the receiving
         company becomes the successor in law of the transferring company
         in relation to the estate assets and liabilities, to the extent of
         the transfer.  If the certificate includes provisions of a kind
         specified in subsection 601WBG(3) (that is, provisions that specify
         other things that are to happen, or that are taken to be the case),
         those things are taken to happen, or to be the case.  [Schedule 2,
         item 9, section 601WBI]


         Substitution of trustee company


    299. Further, the receiving company is substituted for any appointment
         or nomination (for example as trustee, executor or administrator)
         of the transferring company in relation to estate assets and
         liabilities.  [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601WBJ]


         Liabilities for breach of trust and other matters


    300. This Part does not apply to or affect liabilities of the
         transferring company for:


                . any breach of trust;


                . any other misfeasance or nonfeasance; or


                . any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WBK(1)]


    301. This Part does not affect any rights of the transferring company,
         or of an officer or employee of the transferring company, to
         indemnity in respect of such liabilities.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601WBK(2)]


         Other matters related to transfer of estate assets and liabilities


    302. Division 3 deals with various other matters in relation to the
         transfer of estate assets and liabilities, including:


                . an authorised ASIC officer may certify that a specified
                  asset or liability becomes an asset or liability of the
                  receiving body [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601WCA];


                . enabling certificates in relation to land, interests in
                  land and other assets to be dealt with, and given effect
                  to, in certain circumstances [Schedule 2, item 9, sections
                  601WCB and 601WCC];


                . documents purporting to be a certificate under this
                  Division is taken to be such a certificate, unless the
                  contrary is established [Schedule 2, item 9, section
                  601WCD];


                . from when a certificate of transfer comes into force, a
                  reference to a transferring company in relation to assets
                  and liabilities transferred under this Part, is taken to
                  be a reference to the receiving company [Schedule 2, item
                  9, section 601WCE];


                . the transferring company must promptly account to the
                  receiving company for any income or other distribution
                  received if the income or distribution arises from assets
                  transferred under this Part - consistently with other
                  provisions in the Corporations Act, failure to comply is
                  an offence [Schedule 2, item 9, section 601WCF; item 28,
                  item 173Q in the table];


                . the transferring company must, at the request of the
                  receiving company, give the receiving company access to
                  all of the books in its possession that relate to assets
                  or liabilities transferred under this Part.  Books is
                  defined in existing section 9 of the Corporations Act.
                  Consistently with other provisions in the Corporations
                  Act, failure to comply is an offence [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  section 601WCG; item 28, item 173R in the table]; and


                . for the purpose of deciding whether to exercise powers
                  under this Part, the Minister or ASIC may seek the views
                  of a trustee company or its clients [Schedule 2, item 9,
                  section 601WCH].


         Miscellaneous


    303. Division 4 of Part 5D.6 deals with miscellaneous provisions.

    304. Section 601WDA includes the obligation of the transferring company
         to notify persons of the cancellation of its licence and the
         transfer of estate assets and liabilities to the receiving company.
          This is to ensure that, as far as possible, persons affected by
         the cessation of the trustee company's business have notice of it.
    305. The trustee company (when its licence is cancelled) must, as soon
         as practicable, take all reasonable steps to contact the following
         persons, and advise them of the cancellation of the licence:

                . all persons who have executed and lodged, such as wills,
                  that have not yet come into effect, but will potentially
                  lead to estate assets and liabilities being held by the
                  trustee company;


                . all persons who have appointed the trustee company as
                  trustee or to some other capacity.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WDA(1)]

    306. The trustee company must also publish notice of the cancellation of
         the licence.  [Schedule 2, item 9, paragraph 601WDA(1)(b)]
    307. Further, if a certificate of transfer comes into force, the trustee
         company must, as soon as practicable, take all reasonable steps to
         contact the persons referred to above and advise them of the
         transfer of estate assets and liabilities to the receiving company.
          [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601WDA(2)]
    308. Failure to comply with subsections 601WDA(1) and (2) is an offence,
         to ensure that the obligation to notify interested persons is
         upheld.  The maximum penalty is 120 penalty units or imprisonment
         for two years, or both.

Part 5D.7 - Effect of contraventions


         Civil liability of licensed trustee company

    309. Section 601XAA provides that a person who has suffered loss or
         damage because of the conduct of a licensed trustee company that
         contravenes Chapter 5D may take proceedings against the trustee
         company to recover the loss or damage.  There is a limitation
         period of six years on bringing actions.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsections 601XAA(1) and 601XAA(3)]

    310. Subsection (2) clarifies that charging a person an excess fee
         (which is paid by the person) gives rise to a loss that is
         recoverable under subsection (1).  [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection
         601XAA(2)]


    311. The section does not affect any liability under other provisions of
         the Corporations Act or other laws.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601XAA(4)]


Part 5D.8 - Exemptions and modifications


    312. It is considered appropriate to include exemption and modification
         powers, for example, to reflect subsequent changes in the charging
         and disclosure of fees, or changes in State and Territory laws and
         procedures concerning administration of estates and the powers of
         courts.


         ASIC exemption and modification power


    313. ASIC has the power to make exemptions or modifications to Chapter
         5D.  This is considered necessary to ensure the provisions can
         apply with appropriate flexibility (for example, ASIC can issue
         class order relief where necessary).  ASIC may:


                . exempt a person or class of persons, or an estate or class
                  of estates, from all or specified provisions of this
                  chapter; or


                . declare that this chapter applies to a person or class of
                  persons, or an estate or class of estates, as if specified
                  provisions were omitted, modified or varied as specified
                  in the declaration.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601YAA(1)]


    314. An exemption may apply unconditionally or subject to specified
         conditions.  A person must comply with a condition specified in the
         exemption and the Court may order a person to comply.  Only ASIC
         may apply to the Court for such an order.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601YAA(2)]


    315. An exemption or declaration is a legislative instrument if it
         expressed to apply to a class of persons or a class of estates
         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601YAA(3)].  If this does not
         apply, ASIC must publish notice of the exemption or declaration in
         the Gazette.  The exemption or determination is not a legislative
         instrument.  The statement at the end of subsection (4) is included
         to assist readers, as a single person exemption or declaration is
         not a legislative instrument within the meaning of section 5 of the
         Legislative Instruments Act on general principles [Schedule 2,
         item 9, subsections 601YAA(4)].

    316. The provisions contain a requirement that ASIC must notify a person
         in writing about a declaration or make it available on the Internet
         before such a declaration can result in the person having any
         additional criminal liability.  Generally, exemptions are not
         subject to the same notice requirements, as contraventions of
         exemptions do not give rise to any additional criminal liability.
         These provisions will ensure that people cannot potentially be
         subject to criminal liability for failing to comply with
         requirements about which they could not have been aware.
         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601YAA(5)]
    317. Subsection (6) defines the meaning of provisions of this chapter
         for the purposes of section 601YAA.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601YAA(6)]

         Exemptions and modifications by regulations

    318. The regulations may also:

                . exempt a person or class of persons from all or specified
                  provisions of this chapter; or


                . declare that this chapter applies to a person or class of
                  persons as if specified provisions were omitted, modified
                  or varied as specified in the declaration.


         [Schedule 2, item 9, subsection 601YAB(1)]

    319. These powers are considered necessary as there may be certain
         situations that may give rise to a need to modify a provision of
         new Chapter 5D, or to exempt a person from a provision of Chapter
         5D.  For example, it may be appropriate to exempt persons from, or
         modify the effect of, the fee charging provisions.  Also, it may be
         desirable to modify the duties of officers and employees of
         licensed trustee companies.
    320. Subsection (2) defines the meaning of provisions of this chapter
         for the purposes of section 601YAB.  [Schedule 2, item 9,
         subsection 601YAB(2)]

Regulating traditional trustee company services as financial services under
Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act

    321. Amendments are made to Chapter 7 to regulate traditional trustee
         company services under Chapter 7, as appropriate.  In particular,
         the licensing and general conduct obligations will apply to trustee
         companies.  Certain disclosure obligations may also apply, notably
         the obligation to provide retail clients of trustee companies with
         a Financial Services Guide.  The detailed application of these
         rules will be set out in regulations.

         Traditional trustee company services are generally provided to
         retail clients


    322. An amendment is made to the definition of a retail client in
         existing section 761G to provide that traditional trustee company
         services are always provided to persons as retail clients, unless
         the regulations otherwise provide.  Many obligations in Chapter 7
         only apply where a product or service is provided to a retail
         client, for example, an FSG must only be supplied where a financial
         service is provided to a retail client.  Regulations enable this
         provision to be modified as appropriate.  [Schedule 2, items 15 and
         16, subsection 761G(6A)]


    323. This provision provides flexibility to make special provisions
         about whether a client of a trustee company is a retail or
         wholesale client.  This then determines for example who should
         receive the disclosure prescribed by Chapter 7.  Classification as
         a retail or wholesale client determines whether certain obligations
         under Chapter 7 apply or not.  For example, provision of a
         Financial Services Guide is dependent on the client being a retail
         client: section 941A.


    324. A related amendment is also made to subsections 761G(7) and 761GA
         to provide that a person is not considered to be a wholesale client
         in specified circumstances.  [Schedule 2, items 17 and 18,
         subsection 761G(7) and section 761GA]


         Traditional trustee company services provided by trustee companies
         are financial services


    325. Amendments to existing subsection 766A(1) provide that the
         provision of a traditional trustee company service by a trustee
         company is taken to be the provision of a financial service.  This
         means the trustee company will need an AFSL to provide traditional
         trustee company services, as a person who carries on a financial
         services business must be licensed to provide that service.
         [Schedule 2, item 19, subsection 766A(1A)]


    326. The regulations may, in relation to a traditional trustee company
         service of a particular class, prescribe the person or persons to
         whom a service of that class is taken to be provided.  [Schedule 2,
         item 19, subsection 766A(1B)]


    327. A further change is made to existing subsection 911A(4) to ensure
         that persons who provide traditional trustee company services are
         not exempt from the need to hold an AFSL due to subsection 991A(2)
         (which provides a list of persons that are exempt from the
         requirement to obtain an AFSL).  [Schedule 2, item 20, subsection
         911A(4)]


    328. Subsection 915B(3) gives ASIC powers to suspend or cancel an AFSL
         of a body corporate if certain things happen.  An amendment is made
         to the effect that ASIC may cancel or suspend the AFSL of a trustee
         company if its clients have suffered or are likely to suffer losses
         because the company has breached the Corporations Act or the
         financial services law as defined.  This gives ASIC powers to
         proceed against a licensed trustee company engaging in
         inappropriate conduct where it considers that the conduct is of a
         sufficiently serious nature to warrant such proceedings.  [Schedule
         2, item 24, paragraph 915B(3)(ca)]


    329. Amendments are made to section 912D to ensure that an AFSL
         providing traditional trustee company services must notify ASIC of
         breaches or likely breaches, relating to non-compliance with
         financial services law, which for this purpose includes a breach of
         Commonwealth, State or Territory legislation, or a rule of common
         law or equity.  [Schedule 2, items 21 to 23, subparagraphs
         912D(1)(a)(iii) and 912D(1)(a)(iv)]


    330. Amendments are made to the definition of financial services law in
         existing section 761A, so that it includes new Chapter 5D and also
         includes any rule of common law or equity covering conduct by an
         AFSL relating to traditional trustee company services.  [Schedule
         2, items 10 and 11, section 761A and paragraph 761A(e)]


Other amendments


         Application of Chapter 5D to the Crown


    331. Section 5A deals with the application of the Corporations Act to
         the Crown.  Schedule 2 amends subsection 5A(4) to provide that a
         provision of new Chapter 5D only binds the Crown in a particular
         capacity in circumstances (if any) specified in the regulations.
         "Crown" includes the Crown in right of the Commonwealth, a State,
         or the Northern Territory or the Australian Capital Territory.
         This is to ensure that, for example, a public trust office of a
         State or Territory could be covered by Chapter 5D (if the relevant
         State or Territory agreed).  [Schedule 2, item 4, subsection 5A(4)]


         Court order required before trustee company can be voluntarily
         wound up if estates remain unadministered


    332. Schedule 2 amends section 490 of the Corporations Act to provide
         that, if a trustee company wishes to be voluntarily wound up, and
         any estates under its control remain unadministered, the company
         must obtain a court order.  A person with a proper interest in the
         estate is entitled to be heard in any proceedings for leave to
         voluntarily wind up the company.  This provision does not extend to
         voluntary administration.  [Schedule 2, items 3 and 4, subsection
         490(1), paragraph 490(1)(c) and subsection 490(2)]


         Dealing with clients' money

    333. Division 2 of Part 7.8 makes provision for dealing with clients'
         money.  Amendments to subsection 981A(2) provide that Division 2
         does not regulate clients' money paid for the provision of
         traditional trustee company services provided by the trustee
         company.  This means that the rules of Chapter 5D, and any
         preserved rules under State or Territory law, will apply to
         clients' money.  [Schedule 2, item 25, paragraph 981A(2)(ca)]

Civil and criminal penalties

    334. Subsection 1311(1A) of the Corporations Act states that the general
         penalty provisions of the Act only apply to a provision if a
         penalty is set out in Schedule 3 to the Act for that provision.
         Schedule 2, item 26 adds Chapter 5D to that list.  [Schedule 2,
         item 26, paragraph 1311(1A)(daa)]
    335. Subsection 1317E(1) of the Corporations Act lists a number of
         provisions in respect of which, if the Court is satisfied that a
         person has contravened the provision, it must make a declaration of
         (civil) contravention.  Schedule 2, item 23 adds the duties of
         officers and employees of trustee companies to that list.
         [Schedule 2, item 27, paragraph 1317(1)(jaaa) and (jab)]

Consequential amendments of Corporations Act and other Acts


Corporations Act amendments

    336. Consequential changes are made to insert definitions of licensed
         trustee company, traditional trustee company services and trustee
         company in existing section 761A (existing definitions for Chapter
         7).  These definitions have the same meaning as set out in Chapter
         5D.  [Schedule 2, items 12 to 14, section 761A]
    337. Chapter 2L of the Corporations Act regulates debentures.  Section
         283AC sets out the entities, including trustee companies (paragraph
         (1)(b)), that can be appointed as trustees of debenture issues.
         The Schedule amends paragraph 1(b) to update the definition of
         'licensed trustee company' for the purposes of this provision.
         [Schedule 2, item 6, paragraph 283AC(1)(aa)]
    338. The general penalty provisions (section 1311) are amended to ensure
         that subsection 1311(1), the 'default' offence provision of the
         Corporations Act, only applies to a provision in Chapter 5D if a
         penalty is set out in Schedule 3 to the Corporations Act.
         [Schedule 2, item 26, paragraph 1311(1A)(daa)]

    339. Section 1317E of Part 9.4 (Civil consequences of contravening civil
         penalty provisions) is amended to provide that if a court is
         satisfied that either of subsection 601UAA(2) or 601UAB(2) (duties
         of officers or employees of licensed trustee companies) is
         contravened, the Court must make a declaration of contravention.
         [Schedule 2, item 27, paragraphs 1317E(1)(jaaa) and (jaab)]


ASIC Act amendments


    340. Amendments are made to ensure that the ASIC Act contains similar
         powers and functions, in relation to licensed trustee companies and
         traditional trustee company services, to those that are being
         inserted into the Corporations Act (in new Chapter 5D and Chapter
         7).


    341. Accordingly, the interpretation provision of the ASIC Act,
         subsection 12BA(1), is amended to include definitions of
         traditional trustee company services and trustee company.
         [Schedule 2, items 1 and 2, subsection 12BA(1)]


    342. Also, the meaning of financial service in section 12BAB is amended
         to ensure that it includes the provision by a trustee company of a
         traditional trustee company service.  The regulations may, in
         relation to a traditional trustee company service of particular
         class, prescribe the person or persons to whom a service of that
         class is taken to be provided or supplied.  [Schedule 2, item 3,
         subsections 12BAB(1A) and (1B)]


Commencement and transitional provisions


    343. Schedule 2 to the proposed Schedule dealing with trustee companies
         commences on a single day to be fixed by proclamation.  However, if
         any of the provisions do not commence within six months from the
         day the Bill receives Royal Assent, they commence on the first day
         after the end of that period.  [Schedule 2, item 2, item 3 in the
         table]


    344. The delay in commencement, but for no longer than six months,
         allows the States and Territory Governments to amend their laws, so
         they are consistent with the Commonwealth regime.


    345. Schedule 5, the transitional provisions, commences on Royal Assent.
          However, the operation of the transitional provisions is tied to
         the commencement of Schedule 2.


    346. Transitional provisions are made to ensure that existing trustee
         companies are able to continue providing their services to clients
         before they are issued with an AFSL authorising them to provide
         traditional trustee company services.  Without these provisions,
         these services would have to be interrupted when the new
         Commonwealth legislation took effect, and could only be resumed
         once the AFSL was issued.


    347. To enable the transitional provisions to operate, Division 2 of
         Schedule 5 creates definitions of 'amending Schedule',
         'commencement' and 'modify'.  [Schedule 2, section 1493]


Transitional provisions relating to limit on control of trustee companies


    348. Substantively, in relation to Part 5D.5 (limit on control of
         trustee companies) the transitional provisions provide relief for
         existing authorised trustee companies where a person's voting power
         already exceeds 15 per cent.  The provision, in effect, permits the
         person to retain their pre-commencement percentage.  Where a person
         subsequently exceeds their pre-commencement percentage, the normal
         rules of Part 5D.5 apply.  There are special rules where a person's
         percentage is subsequently reduced.  [Schedule 2, section 1494]


Transitional provisions relating to the amendments of Chapter 7


    349. A trustee company that is listed in the regulations under
         section 601RAB, and that, at that time, already holds an AFSL, is
         taken to be authorised under its AFSL to provide traditional
         trustee company services for a period of six months starting on the
         date of commencement of the regulations providing the list of
         trustee companies.  [Schedule 2, paragraph 1495(2)(a)]


    350. The provisions regarding the disclosure to clients of changed fees
         (see section 601TAB) also do not apply during this period.
         However, this does not extend to the requirement that the trustee
         company must disclose its current schedule of fees on a website
         maintained by or on behalf of the company (section 601TAA).
         [Schedule 2, paragraph 1495(2)(b)]


    351. It is also provided that the requirements in Part 7.7 of the
         Corporations Act do not apply during this period.  Part 7.7
         contains provisions relating to the FSG and statements of advice.
         At the end of the six month period, a trustee company can only
         provide traditional trustee company services if it has obtained an
         AFSL.  [Schedule 2, paragraph 1495(2)(c)]


    352. To avoid doubt, ASIC powers under Part 7.6 (licensing of financial
         service providers) are not limited in relation to the company's
         AFSL.  [Schedule 2, subsection 1495(3)]


      1.


                For example, during the six month period, ASIC may impose or
                vary licence conditions in relation to the deemed licence.


General power for regulations to deal with transitional matters


    353. There is a regulation power to deal with transitional matters and
         it may for those purposes modify this Bill.  This is designed to
         ensure that there is a smooth transition from State and Territory
         regulation to Commonwealth regulation.  [Schedule 2, section 1496]



Chapter 3
Regulation of debentures

Outline of chapter


    354. Schedule 3, item 1 to the Corporations Legislation Amendment
         (Financial Services Modernisation) Bill 2009 (Bill) amends the
         Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act) so that promissory notes
         valued at $50,000 or over come under the same regulatory regime as
         debentures.


    355. Schedule 3, item 2 to the Bill amends the Corporations Act to
         require the establishment of a publicly available register of
         debenture trustees.


    356. The key measures relating to the register are that:


                . the Australian Securities and Investments Commission
                  (ASIC) is required to establish and maintain a register
                  relating to trustees for debenture holders;


                . borrowers are obliged to provide information for the
                  purposes of the register and would be guilty of an offence
                  for failure to do so; and


                . persons have the right to inspect the register and make
                  copies, or extract parts of the information, for which a
                  fee may apply.


Context of amendments


    357. In June 2008 the Government released the Green Paper Financial
         Services and Credit Reform:  Improving, Simplifying and
         Standardising Financial Services and Credit Regulation which
         canvassed a number of possible reforms in the financial services
         sector, including in relation to debentures regulation.


    358. The Corporations Act, principally Chapter 2L, sets out the
         regulatory environment for the issue of debentures.  Debentures are
         debt instruments used by the issuer (or borrower) to raise funds
         from investors in return for the payment of interest.  Debenture
         issues are governed by a trust deed and a requirement for the
         appointment of a trustee, who undertakes a range of investor
         protection functions on behalf of debenture holders.


    359. Following a number of corporate collapses, in particular, the
         Westpoint group, the Government undertook a review of the
         debentures regulatory regime, with the aim of improving protection
         for retail investors.


    360. In particular, concerns were raised about unlisted debentures, as
         they pose a greater risk to retail investors in that they do not
         have a ready market, nor the same level of public scrutiny of the
         ongoing performance of the issuer as is available for listed
         debentures.


    361. To assist investors in better understanding the nature and risks of
         investing in debentures, ASIC has issued guidelines aimed at
         improving disclosure requirements for borrowers and others involved
         in the issue of unlisted and unrated debentures (Regulatory Guides
         (RG) 169 and 156).  The guidelines address some of the key risk
         areas for consumers.


    362. One of the main issues arising from the Westpoint case is the
         inconsistent regulation of promissory notes and debentures.
         Promissory notes are a form of debenture whereby borrowers raise
         funds from investors and promise repayment at a future point in
         time.  However, within the promissory note regulatory regime,
         different regulation applies depending on the value of the note:


                . if the promissory note is valued at less than $50,000, it
                  is regulated as a debenture;


                . if it has a face value of at least $50,000, the note is
                  regulated as a financial product.


    363. This inconsistency produced the uncertainty in the Westpoint case.
         Westpoint tried to avoid the operation of the law relating to
         debentures by issuing promissory notes with face values of at least
         $50,000.  Because of the uncertainty regarding their regulatory
         treatment at that time, court action by ASIC was necessary to
         confirm that the promissory notes on issue were subject to the
         operation of the Corporations Act (in this case, it was determined
         that the issue took the form of an interest in a managed investment
         scheme).


    364. Investors in Westpoint and other companies which also issued
         debentures, such as the Fincorp group and Australian Capital
         Reserve Limited, lost considerable amounts of money.  While there
         are a range of reasons for these losses apart from the regulatory
         regime, the amendments provide improved clarity and consistency in
         the law.


    365. The amendments also provide for the establishment of a register of
         debenture trustees.


    366. Under the Corporations Act, the issue or offer of debentures
         requires that the body which makes the offer or issue (the
         borrower) must, inter alia, enter into a trust deed and appoint a
         trustee.


    367. The role of the trustee is to provide a level of investor
         protection for debenture holders.  Only certain entities are
         permitted to undertake this role, as set out in Chapter 2L of the
         Corporations Act.  Trustees' duties include those set out in the
         Corporations Act, as well as those in ASIC's guidelines on
         debentures (RG 69 and 156).  The guidelines emphasise the need for
         trustees to actively monitor the financial position and performance
         of the debenture issuer.


    368. The amendments enhance transparency by providing for public access
         to the list of trustees, who are required under law to represent
         the interests of investors and undertake important responsibilities
         on their behalf.


Summary of new law


    369. Under the amendment to the definition of debentures in the
         Corporations Act, promissory notes valued at $50,000 and over fall
         under the definition of 'debenture' and are therefore subject to
         the same regulatory regime as debentures.


    370. This Bill also amends the Corporations Act to require ASIC to
         establish a publicly available register relating to trustees for
         debenture holders and to maintain it.  Regulations may prescribe
         the way in which the register must be established or maintained and
         the information ASIC must include in the register.  The amendments
         also require borrowers to provide ASIC with relevant information in
         relation to the trustee, including for the purposes of establishing
         and maintaining the register.


Comparison of key features of new law and current law

|New law                  |Current law              |
|Promissory notes valued  |Promissory notes valued  |
|at $50,000 or over are   |at $50,000 or over are   |
|regulated as debentures, |generally either         |
|principally under        |regulated as a financial |
|Chapter 2L of the        |product under Chapter 7  |
|Corporations Act,        |of the Corporations Act, |
|requiring the issue of a |or, as was the case with |
|trust deed, the          |Westpoint, as an interest|
|appointment of a trustee |in a managed investment  |
|and the issue of a       |scheme under Chapter 5C  |
|prospectus.              |of the Corporations Act. |
|As with other debenture  |                         |
|issues, disclosure,      |                         |
|advice, dealing and      |                         |
|licensing are regulated  |                         |
|under Chapters 6D and 7  |                         |
|of the Corporations Act. |                         |
|The second amendment     |There is no current      |
|requires ASIC to         |requirement for a        |
|establish and maintain a |register of trustees of  |
|register of trustees of  |debenture holders.       |
|debenture holders.       |Borrowers are currently  |
|The provisions require   |required to lodge with   |
|borrowers to lodge with  |ASIC within 14 days of   |
|ASIC, within 14 days and |appointment, in the      |
|in the prescribed form, a|prescribed form, a notice|
|notice providing the name|providing the name of the|
|of the trustee and any   |trustee and are subject  |
|other information in     |to an offence provision  |
|relation to the trustee  |(section 283BI) for      |
|or the debentures that is|failure to comply.       |
|prescribed by the        |                         |
|regulations.  Any changes|                         |
|to that information also |                         |
|need to be lodged within |                         |
|14 days.                 |                         |
|The information must be  |                         |
|provided in the          |                         |
|prescribed form.         |                         |
|The same offence         |                         |
|provision applies as for |                         |
|current requirements     |                         |
|under section 283BI.     |                         |
|Persons may inspect the  |                         |
|register, including      |                         |
|making copies or taking  |                         |
|extracts.  The           |                         |
|regulations may prescribe|                         |
|any fees payable for     |                         |
|these purposes.          |                         |


Detailed explanation of new law


Definition of debenture


    371. Section 9 of the Corporations Act defines a 'debenture' and
         specifies exclusions.  The amendment removes the exemption that a
         debenture does not include 'an undertaking to pay money under a
         promissory note that has a face value of at least $50,000'.
         [Schedule 3, item 1, section 9, paragraph (d), of definition of
         debenture]


    372. With the removal of paragraph (d), all promissory notes, regardless
         of value, are treated as debentures.  As such, promissory notes
         valued at $50,000 or over issued after commencement are subject to
         the same regulatory requirements as debentures including, inter
         alia, the issue of a trust deed, the appointment of a trustee and
         the issue of a prospectus.


    373. The amendment removes the inconsistency between the regulation of
         promissory notes and debentures and avoids further uncertainty in
         the operation of the law.


Duty to notify ASIC of information related to the trustee


    374. Under current law, the Corporations Act requires debenture issuers
         or borrowers to undertake a number of duties, including notifying
         ASIC of the name of the trustee within 14 days of appointment.
         Failure to comply is an offence under section 283BI of the
         Corporations Act.  Under this requirement, borrowers lodge the
         required information through the prescribed form (known as Form
         722).


    375. Under the amendments, borrowers of new issues will be required to
         provide ASIC, for the purposes of the register and in the
         prescribed form, the name of the trustee, as well as any other
         information related to the trustee or the debentures, as prescribed
         by the regulations.  It is expected that ASIC will utilise an
         amended version of the existing Form 722 for this purpose.
         [Schedule 3, item 2, section 283BC]


    376. The information must be provided to ASIC within 14 days of the
         appointment of the trustee, or within the same period following any
         changes to the information, as applicable.  Failure to provide the
         information is subject to the existing offence provision (section
         283BI), which may lead to a 25 unit penalty (equivalent to $2,750)
         or imprisonment, or both.


Register relating to trustees for debenture holders


    377. Under new section 283BCA, ASIC is required to establish and
         maintain a register relating to trustees for debentures holders.
         Details of the information to be included in the register are to be
         set out in the regulations.  This provides flexibility to amend the
         requirements or obtain other information, if required, in the
         future.  [Schedule 3, item 3, section 283BCA]


    378. The required information is likely to be:


                . name and address of the borrowing company;


                . name and address of the trustee;


                . name of the trust to which it has been appointed;


                . the trustee's Australian company number or Australian
                  Business Number; and


                . date of the trust deed.


    379. The amendments also provide scope for the regulations to prescribe
         the way in which the register must be established and maintained.
         It is expected that ASIC will manage this process as part of its
         regulatory activities and generally without unnecessary
         prescription.


    380. The amendments also provide for the register to be available for
         inspection, to be copied, or extracts taken from it.  Inspection of
         the register may incur a fee (as prescribed under the regulations).
          As with other registers, it is expected that online access would
         be free, although charges may apply to attend in person.


Application and transitional provisions


    381. The amendment relating to promissory notes commences on Royal
         Assent and applies to promissory notes issued after commencement.
         Earlier issues are subject to the appropriate law at the time of
         issue.  [Schedule 5, section 1498]


    382. The register provisions commence on Proclamation to allow time for
         ASIC to establish the necessary processes and systems to create the
         register.  The amendments apply to trustees appointed on or after
         commencement.   [Schedule 5, section 1498]



Chapter 4
Technical amendment relating to jurisdiction of courts

Outline of chapter


    383. Schedule 4 to the Corporations Legislation Amendment (Financial
         Services Modernisation) Bill 2009 amends the Corporations Act 2001
         (Corporations Act) to correct a technical error in Chapter 9,
         subsection 1338B(8).


Context of amendments


    384. Chapter 9, Part 9.6A, Division 2 of the Corporations Act deals with
         the jurisdiction of courts in relation to criminal matters.
         Subsection 1338B provides that State and Territory courts have
         equivalent jurisdiction with respect to certain offences.  The
         amendment corrects an omission in paragraph (8) to include a court
         of 'the Capital Territory'.


Summary of new law


    385. The amendment corrects an omission so that the courts of all
         Australian States and Territories are included within the
         provision.


Comparison of key features of new law and current law

|New law                  |Current law              |
|Includes a reference to a|Reference to the Capital |
|court of the Capital     |Territory was omitted.   |
|Territory to ensure that |                         |
|all Australian States and|                         |
|Territories are included |                         |
|correctly in the         |                         |
|provision.               |                         |


Detailed explanation of new law


    386. Schedule 4, item 1 is a technical amendment only and inserts a
         reference to a court of the Capital Territory, which had been
         incorrectly omitted.  [Schedule 4, item 1, subsection 1338B(8)]


Application and transitional provisions


    387. The amendment commences on the day on which this Bill receives
         Royal Assent.






Chapter 5
Regulation impact statement - Margin loans

Commonwealth regulation of margin loans - regulation impact statement


Part 1 - Introduction


    388. Council of Australian Governments (COAG) reached an in principle
         agreement on 26 March 2008 that the Australian Government would
         assume responsibility for regulating mortgage credit and mortgage
         advice, including non-deposit taking institutions and mortgage
         brokers, as well as margin loans.  On 3 July 2008, COAG agreed that
         the Australian Government would also assume responsibility for
         regulating all other consumer credit products and requested the
         COAG Business Regulation and Competition Working Group report back
         at the 2 October meeting with a detailed implementation plan for
         other credit.


    389. Against that backdrop, in September 2008 the Australian Government
         decided to:


                . first, enact the Uniform Consumer Credit Code (UCCC) of
                  the States and Territories and, where relevant, proposed
                  amendments to the UCCC, as Commonwealth legislation;


                  - the new national framework would be administered by the
                    Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC),
                    which would be given enhanced enforcement powers;


                . secondly, to extend the scope of the current regulatory
                  framework so that the new national consumer credit
                  framework would:


                  - include consumer lending for investment properties;


                  - regulate the provision of margin loans;


                  - require all providers of consumer credit and credit-
                    related brokering services and advice to be members of
                    an external dispute resolution body;


                  - provide for a licensing regime requiring all providers
                    of consumer credit and credit-related brokering services
                    and advice to obtain a licence from ASIC;


                  - require licensees to observe a number of general conduct
                    requirements, including responsible lending practices;


                  - regulate the provision of credit for small businesses;
                    and


                  - introduce specific conduct obligations, where warranted,
                    for particular credit activities or products.


    390. On 2 October 2008, COAG agreed to an implementation plan for the
         regulation of consumer credit.  COAG agreed to a phased approach to
         reform, beginning with the transfer of responsibility key credit
         regulation, including the Uniform Consumer Credit Code as phase
         one.  COAG also agreed to an implementation plan for phase two, the
         regulation of remaining areas of consumer credit, including payday
         lending (for example, pawnbrokers), credit cards, store credit,
         investment and small business lending, and personal loans, so that
         the reform package is completed in the first half of 2010.


    391. A regulation impact statement (RIS) was prepared and considered in
         the context of consideration of the decisions by the Australian
         Government in September 2008.  A copy of that RIS is at Chapter 6.
         The September 2008 RIS includes background information, including
         the market and regulatory environment for consumer credit and
         margin lending, and consultation processes that had been carried
         out to that date.  It also includes a diagram of the two-phased
         approach to implementation (see Chapter 6), that was endorsed by
         COAG.


    392. This RIS should be read in conjunction with the margin loan
         sections of the September 2008 RIS.  It focuses on analysis of key
         measures in the Bill that substantively change the regulatory
         framework.


Part 2 - Consultation


         Green Paper on Financial Services and Credit Reform


    393. On 3 June 2008, the Government released the Green Paper on
         Financial Services and Credit Reform: Improving, Simplifying and
         Standardising Financial Services and Credit Regulation.


    394. The Green Paper discussed the regulation of mortgages, mortgage
         brokers and margin loans, and proposed options for the Commonwealth
         taking over regulation in this area.  With respect to other
         consumer credit products such as credit cards, personal loans and
         micro loans, the Green Paper asked for submissions on whether these
         products should also be regulated solely by the Commonwealth or
         whether there is a role for the States and Territories in this
         area.


    395. Some 150 submissions were received in response to the Green Paper,
         and an overwhelming majority supported the Commonwealth assuming
         responsibility for the regulation of all consumer credit.


                . From the industry's perspective, this support was driven
                  by the reduction in compliance burden that would be
                  achieved by reducing the number of different regulatory
                  regimes they are required to operate under.


                . From the consumer advocates' perspective, this support was
                  driven by the better protections and efficiencies a
                  consistent national regime offers.


         Margin loans


    396. Some 20 submissions in relation to margin loans were received in
         response to the Green Paper.


    397. There was general support for the inclusion of margin loans as a
         financial product in Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act 2001
         (Corporations Act) (Grant Thornton, Australasian Compliance
         Institute, Financial Planning Association, Australian Financial
         Counselling & Credit Reform Association Incorporated, Australian
         Institute of Credit Management).


    398. It was noted that introducing a new specific regime (as opposed to
         extending Chapter 7) would be costly for both government and
         participants, would add further regulation to a system that already
         suffers from inefficient regulatory overlap and increase the risk
         of future inconsistency (Macquarie Bank, National Australia Bank,
         Australasian Compliance Institute, ANZ).


    399. Some submissions called for further research and analysis before
         any action was taken and cautioned against a 'knee jerk' reaction
         to recent failures such as Opes Prime and Lift Capital, which
         involved products not sold by the majority of the industry
         (Australian Bankers Association, Securities and Derivatives
         Industry Association, Investment and Financial Services Association
         Ltd).


    400. Subsequent to public consultation through the Green Paper, the
         Industry and Consumer Consultation Group assisted in developing the
         details of the regulatory regime.  Further details of the
         Consultation Group's deliberations in relation to margin loans are
         noted below in the 'margin loans' section.  The membership of the
         consultative group was expanded in relation to the margin loans
         discussion to include margin loan expertise.


    401. It is noted that separate consultations with the same group are
         being held to develop a special product disclosure document for
         margin loans.  On the Government's side, these discussions are
         being led by the Financial Services Working Group (the Working
         Group), which is a body composed of representatives from the
         Australian Treasury, the Department of Finance and Deregulation and
         ASIC.  The Working Group was established in February 2008 and is
         tasked with simplifying and shortening disclosure documentation in
         financial services.


Part 3 - Regulation impact assessment


         Impact assessment methodology


    402. Impacts can be divided between three impact groups (consumers,
         business and government).  Typical impacts of an option on
         consumers might be changes in access to a market, the level of
         information and disclosure provided, or prices of goods or
         services.  Typical impacts of an option on business would be the
         changes in the costs of compliance with a regulatory requirement.
         Typical impacts on government might be the costs of administering a
         regulatory requirement.  Some impacts, such as changes in overall
         confidence in a market, may impact on more than one impact group.


    403. The assessment of impacts in this regulation statement is based on
         a seven-point scale (-3 to +3).  The impacts of each option are
         compared with the equivalent impact of the 'do nothing' option.  If
         an impact on the impact group would, relative to doing nothing, be
         beneficial, the impact is allocated a positive rating of +1 to +3,
         depending on the magnitude of the relative benefit.  On the other
         hand, if the impact imposes an additional cost on the impact group
         relative to the status quo, the impact is allocated a negative
         rating of -1 to -3, depending on the magnitude of the relative
         cost.  If the impact is the same as that imposed under the current
         situation, a zero score would be given, although usually the impact
         would not be listed in such a case.


    404. The magnitude of the rating of a particular impact associated with
         an option has been assigned taking into account the overall
         potential impact on the impact group.  The reference point is
         always the status quo (or 'do nothing' option).  Whether the cost
         or benefit is one-off or recurring, and whether it would fall on a
         small or large proportion of the impact group (in the case of
         business and consumers), is factored into the rating.  For example,
         a cost or benefit, even though large for the persons concerned, may
         not result in the maximum rating (+/-3) if it is a one-off event
         that only falls on a few individuals.  Conversely, a small increase
         in costs or benefits might be given a moderate or high rating if it
         would be likely to recur or if it falls on a large proportion of
         the impact group.  The rating scale for individual impacts is
         explained in the table below.


      1. :  Rating an individual impact

|+3     |+2     |+1     |0      |-1       |-2       |-3       |
|Large  |Moderat|Small  |No     |Small    |Moderate |Large    |
|benefit|e      |benefit|substan|cost/    |cost/    |cost/    |
|/      |benefit|/      |tial   |disadvant|disadvant|disadvant|
|advanta|/      |advanta|change |age      |age      |age      |
|ge     |advanta|ge     |from   |compared |compared |compared |
|compare|ge     |compare|'do    |to 'do   |to 'do   |to 'do   |
|d to   |compare|d to   |nothing|nothing' |nothing' |nothing' |
|'do    |d to   |'do    |'      |         |         |         |
|nothing|'do    |nothing|       |         |         |         |
|'      |nothing|'      |       |         |         |         |
|       |'      |       |       |         |         |         |


    405. The ratings for the individual impacts compared to the status quo
         are then tallied to produce an overall outcome for the option.  If
         it is positive, it indicates that the option is likely to produce a
         more favourable cost/benefit ratio than the status quo.  If it is
         zero there would be no overall benefit from adopting the option,
         and if negative the option would provide overall a less favourable
         cost/benefit ratio than the 'do nothing' option.  Ordinarily,
         options that have the highest positive score would be the favoured
         courses of action


    406. What is classed as a 'large', 'moderate' or 'small' cost or benefit
         depends on the nature of the problem and options being considered.
         Of course, the costs and benefits associated with options to
         address a problem costing billions of dollars per year are likely
         to be of a much greater absolute magnitude than the costs and
         benefits of options for dealing with a rather modest issue that
         affects only a handful of persons.  However, as all the ratings are
         made relative to the status quo/do nothing option for a particular
         problem, the absolute value of 'large' or 'moderate' or 'small' is
         not really important.  All that matters is that within a problem
         assessment, the impacts of each option are given appropriate
         ratings relative to the status quo and each other.  If that occurs,
         it will be sufficient for the methodology to yield an overall
         rating that assists in assessing the relative merits of options,
         from a cost/benefit perspective, to address the particular problem.


    407. An example of the rating calculation for an option, using the seven-
         point scale ratings of impacts, is in the table below.  The example
         is based on a purely hypothetical scenario that a new type of long-
         wearing vehicle tyre is being sold and marketed, but it has become
         apparent that the new style of tyres have a higher risk of
         exploding while in motion than conventional tyres.  The example is
         designed merely to illustrate how the rating scale might be used to
         compare a proposal's costs and benefits option to the 'do nothing'
         option - it is not intended to be a comprehensive or realistic
         assessment of options to address such a problem.


Illustrative rating for the problem of a long-wearing tyre that may fail


         Option A:  Do nothing


      1.

|         |Benefits         |Costs         |
|Consumers|Access to a      |Risk of tyre  |
|         |cheaper solution |failure that  |
|         |for vehicle      |can result in |
|         |tyres.           |personal and  |
|         |                 |property      |
|         |                 |damage as a   |
|         |                 |result of     |
|         |                 |collision.    |
|         |                 |Damage can be |
|         |                 |severe but    |
|         |                 |cases are     |
|         |                 |rare.         |
|Industry |                 |Some          |
|         |                 |compensation  |
|         |                 |payments to   |
|         |                 |persons as a  |
|         |                 |result of     |
|         |                 |collisions    |
|         |                 |caused by the |
|         |                 |tyre.         |
|Governmen|Advantages for   |              |
|t        |waste management |              |
|         |perspective.     |              |


         Option B:  Ban on sale of the new tyre

      2.

|         |Benefits       |Costs            |
|Consumers|No persons will|Lack of access by|
|         |be affected by |consumers to     |
|         |tyre failure   |long-wearing     |
|         |and resultant  |vehicle tyres,   |
|         |damage.  (+3)  |increasing the   |
|         |               |cost of vehicle  |
|         |               |maintenance.     |
|         |               |(-2)             |
|Industry |No compensation|Transitional     |
|         |payments for   |costs involved   |
|         |accident       |with switching   |
|         |victims.  (+1) |back all         |
|         |               |manufacturing/mar|
|         |               |keting operations|
|         |               |to conventional  |
|         |               |tyres.  (-3)     |
|Governmen|               |Conventional     |
|t        |               |tyres produce    |
|         |               |more waste which |
|         |               |is costly to deal|
|         |               |with.  (-1)      |
|Sub-ratin|+4             |-6               |
|g        |               |                 |
|Overall  |-2                               |
|rating   |                                 |


         Option C:  Industry-developed quality control standards

      3.

|         |Benefits         |Costs         |
|Consumers|Much lower risk  |              |
|         |of tyre failure  |              |
|         |and resultant    |              |
|         |damage than      |              |
|         |status quo.  (+2)|              |
|Industry |Significantly    |Developing and|
|         |less compensation|monitoring    |
|         |payments for     |industry-wide |
|         |accident victims.|quality       |
|         |(+1)             |control       |
|         |                 |standards.    |
|         |                 |(-2)          |
|Governmen|                 |              |
|t        |                 |              |
|Sub-ratin|+3               |-2            |
|g        |                 |              |
|Overall  |+1                              |
|rating   |                                |


    408. In the above hypothetical example, Option C appears to have a
         better impact for consumers and a better overall cost/benefit
         rating than Option B.


Margin lending


         Problem identification


    409. There have been concerns that some margin borrowers are not aware
         of the extent to which margin lending contracts place the risk of
         changes to market conditions on them.  The possibility of such
         borrowers suffering unexpected consequences is particularly high in
         volatile market conditions such as those experienced in the recent
         global financial crisis.


    410. For example, some clients of the collapsed financial planning firm
         Storm Financial who had entered into margin loan arrangements
         borrowed funds against the equity in their homes and used them as a
         contribution to a margin loan.  Some of these borrowers have fallen
         into negative equity in relation to their margin loans, and are now
         having to repay outstanding amounts on the margin loans as well as
         continuing to service the loan secured against their home.  Where
         borrowers do not have additional sources of funds to do so, they
         are at risk of defaulting on their home mortgages and losing their
         homes.


    411. Indications are that not all of these borrowers adequately
         understood the way that margin loans operate, including the
         potential consequences of margin calls.  In addition, they may also
         not have been aware that they exposed themselves to the risk of
         losing their homes when they borrowed to fund the margin loan.


    412. The Storm case illustrates the risks that can be attached to margin
         loans, and the fact that retail borrowers may not be fully aware of
         them when entering the arrangements.


    413. Those factors were key considerations in the decisions of the
         Australian Government and COAG in 2008 to introduce a regulatory
         framework for margin lending.  The issue being addressed in this
         RIS is the form of the new regulatory framework.


         Objectives


    414. The key objectives of a regulatory framework for margin lending are
         to achieve an outcome that: retail investors who enter into such
         arrangements are fully aware of the associated risks, and do not
         enter margin loans due to irresponsible conduct by lenders and/or
         inappropriate advice by financial advisers.


         Options


         Status quo


    415. Currently margin loans are not treated as a specific product for
         regulatory purposes.  Aspects of margin loan arrangements may fall
         under a variety of regulatory regimes, including the Corporations
         Act and the Code of Banking Practice.  Other areas remain
         unregulated, such as the disclosure of key risk and other
         information to borrowers.


    416. Margin loans will not be covered by the new consumer credit
         legislation in phase one, as that system does not cover investment
         loans (other than loans for investments in residential properties).




         Option A:  Include margin loans as a financial product under the
         Corporations Act and apply Chapter 7 with some modifications


    417. Under Option A, margin loans would be defined as a financial
         product in Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act.  As a consequence,
         financial services providers offering margin loans as one of their
         products would become subject to a comprehensive range of
         licensing, conduct and disclosure requirements.  Providers and
         intermediaries would be covered by rules regarding external dispute
         resolution and compensation arrangements.  The regulator would be
         ASIC.


    418. Most of the participants (as lenders or providers) engaging in the
         margin lending market would already be familiar with the Chapter 7
         obligations as they also supply and deal in other financial
         products that are covered by the Chapter 7 framework.  That
         requires participants to:


                . have an Australian financial services licence (AFSL);


                . comply with general conduct standards, including the
                  requirement to deal with investors efficiently, honestly
                  and fairly;


                . have appropriate compensation arrangements in place for
                  losses suffered by retail clients due to breaches of the
                  law;


                . be members of an ASIC approved External Dispute Resolution
                  (EDR) Scheme;


                . provide disclosure to their clients before and after a
                  product is purchased, including providing a Product
                  Disclosure Statement (PDS), a Statement of Advice and
                  periodic statements on an ongoing basis;


                . have in place adequate arrangements for the management of
                  conflicts;


                . ensure that they (and their employees) have adequate
                  resources and are competent to provide the services; and


                . be subject to the enforcement provisions surrounding
                  market manipulation, false or misleading statements,
                  inducing investors to deal using misleading information,
                  and engagement in dishonest, misleading or deceptive
                  conduct.


    419. Some modifications to Chapter 7 would be needed to adapt it to a
         margin loan context.  In particular, there would be tailored
         obligations regarding the notification of margin calls, and the
         requirements would be expanded to cover a 'responsible lending'
         component (see Part 3.5 for details of the responsible lending
         requirements).


         Option B:  Incorporate margin loans in the new Commonwealth credit
         legislation


    420. Under Option B, margin loans would be covered under the new
         Commonwealth credit legislation.  This legislation will incorporate
         the current uniform State legislation covering consumer credit, the
         Uniform Consumer Credit Code (UCCC).


    421. Under that regime, providers of credit for margin loans, and
         persons who suggest such facilities or assist consumers to enter
         them, would be subject to the following key obligations:


                . Persons who engage in credit activities would, initially,
                  have to be registered with ASIC, and subsequently hold an
                  Australian credit licence.


                . Entry standards for registration and licensing would be
                  imposed which enable ASIC to refuse an application where
                  the person does not meet those standards.


                . Registered persons and licensees would be required to meet
                  ongoing standards of conduct while they engage in credit
                  activities.  Specific requirements would apply to both
                  lenders and persons providing advice and assistance to
                  consumers in relation to obtaining credit.  Licensees
                  would be subject to responsible lending requirements,
                  under which an assessment must be made whether a proposed
                  credit facility is unsuitable for a client.


                . Registered persons and licensees would have to be members
                  of external dispute resolution schemes and have
                  appropriate compensation arrangements in place.


                . ASIC would have the power to suspend or cancel a licence
                  or registration, or to ban an individual from engaging in
                  credit activities.


         Impact analysis


    422. The groups affected by the new regime for margin loans would be
         consumers of credit; industry participants including lenders and
         advisers; and the Government/ASIC.


    423. It is estimated that there are between 1,000 to 2,000 financial
         planners active in margin loans, and many of them would not
         otherwise need to comply with the credit framework (though they
         would already be covered by Chapter 7 with respect to their other
         business lines).  The number of lenders is much smaller, and is
         estimated not to exceed 15.  Most lenders are authorised deposit-
         taking instructions which are already in possession of an AFSL for
         other parts of their business.


    424. The main benefits of the two options are similar, and consist
         mainly of significantly improved consumer protection arrangements.
         Consumers will be the main beneficiaries under either option, as
         the licensing requirements will ensure that they will be dealing
         with lenders and other services providers that are properly trained
         and resourced.  The new responsible lending requirements also
         operate under both options, and will mean that consumers are less
         likely to be given a margin loan which they cannot service.  A very
         important benefit will be the requirement under both options for
         licensees to be members of external dispute resolution schemes, as
         access to the schemes will provide consumers with fast and free
         resolution of disputes and compensation claims where losses have
         been incurred.


    425. Benefits to industry and government are of a lesser nature, but
         would also be similar under either option.  For government, the
         improved consumer protection levels available under both options
         will in particular reduce the incidence of consumers requiring
         government assistance due to the provision of loans they cannot
         afford.


    426. The main difference between the two options lies on the costs side.
          Most of the margin loan services providers are already holders of
         AFSL with respect to the other services they provide.  This is in
         particular true for financial planners, which constitute the clear
         majority of services providers with respect to margin loans.  These
         entities are therefore already familiar with the Chapter 7 regime,
         and have already established systems and processes that are
         tailored to that regime.  The new credit regime, while in some
         aspects similar to the Chapter 7 requirements, also has some areas
         where significant differences occur.  This is true in particular
         for the requirements relating to the provision of advice, which
         constitutes the main activity of financial planners.  Option B
         would therefore require licensees to become familiar with a new
         regulatory regime, and to establish new systems and processes in
         parallel to what they have already put in place in order to comply
         with the Chapter 7 regime.  Costs associated with Option B are
         therefore considered to be higher for industry than for Option A.


      1. :  Status quo

|         |Benefits         |Costs         |
|Consumers|                 |Unacceptably  |
|         |                 |high incidence|
|         |                 |of consumers  |
|         |                 |entering      |
|         |                 |margin loan   |
|         |                 |arrangements  |
|         |                 |without a     |
|         |                 |proper        |
|         |                 |understanding |
|         |                 |of the risk of|
|         |                 |loss, and/or  |
|         |                 |actual losses |
|         |                 |for such      |
|         |                 |consumers.    |
|Industry |Limited          |Risk that     |
|         |compliance costs |publicity     |
|         |for industry.    |around        |
|         |                 |hardship cases|
|         |                 |leads to loss |
|         |                 |of market     |
|         |                 |confidence in |
|         |                 |margin loan   |
|         |                 |products.     |
|Governmen|                 |Provision of  |
|t        |                 |financial     |
|         |                 |assistance for|
|         |                 |consumers     |
|         |                 |facing        |
|         |                 |hardship as a |
|         |                 |result of     |
|         |                 |margin loan   |
|         |                 |losses who    |
|         |                 |would         |
|         |                 |otherwise not |
|         |                 |have required |
|         |                 |it.           |


         Option A


      2.

|         |Benefits         |Costs         |
|Consumers|Significantly    |Costs of      |
|         |reduced risk of  |margin loan   |
|         |losses to        |products may  |
|         |consumers due to |increase as   |
|         |properly         |industry      |
|         |resourced and    |passes on     |
|         |competent lenders|higher        |
|         |and advisers;    |compliance    |
|         |protection       |costs.        |
|         |against          |(-1)          |
|         |irresponsible    |              |
|         |lending          |              |
|         |practices; and   |              |
|         |comprehensive    |              |
|         |disclosure of    |              |
|         |significant risks|              |
|         |and other key    |              |
|         |information.     |              |
|         |(+3)             |              |
|         |Availability of  |              |
|         |suitable remedies|              |
|         |where losses do  |              |
|         |occur, including |              |
|         |appropriate      |              |
|         |compensation for |              |
|         |losses, and      |              |
|         |access to free   |              |
|         |and efficient    |              |
|         |dispute          |              |
|         |resolution       |              |
|         |systems to rule  |              |
|         |on complaints and|              |
|         |compensation     |              |
|         |demands.  (+1)   |              |
|Industry |Increased market |Developing and|
|         |confidence and   |monitoring    |
|         |reputation of    |industry-wide |
|         |margin loan      |quality       |
|         |products.  (+1)  |control       |
|         |                 |standards.    |
|         |                 |(-2)          |
|Governmen|Reduced incidence|Transitional  |
|t        |of hardship cases|and ongoing   |
|         |requiring        |costs of      |
|         |government       |monitoring and|
|         |assistance.  (+1)|enforcement.  |
|         |                 |(-1)          |
|Sub-ratin|+6               |-4            |
|g        |                 |              |
|Overall  |+2                              |
|rating   |                                |


         Option B


      3.

|         |Benefits         |Costs         |
|Consumers|Significantly    |Costs of      |
|         |reduced risk of  |margin loan   |
|         |losses to        |products may  |
|         |consumers due to |increase as   |
|         |properly         |industry      |
|         |resourced and    |passes on     |
|         |competent lenders|higher        |
|         |and advisers;    |compliance    |
|         |protection       |costs.        |
|         |against          |(-1)          |
|         |irresponsible    |              |
|         |lending          |              |
|         |practices; and   |              |
|         |comprehensive    |              |
|         |disclosure of    |              |
|         |significant risks|              |
|         |and other key    |              |
|         |information.     |              |
|         |(+3)             |              |
|         |Availability of  |              |
|         |suitable remedies|              |
|         |where losses do  |              |
|         |occur, including |              |
|         |appropriate      |              |
|         |compensation for |              |
|         |losses, and      |              |
|         |access to free   |              |
|         |and efficient    |              |
|         |dispute          |              |
|         |resolution       |              |
|         |systems to rule  |              |
|         |on complaints and|              |
|         |compensation     |              |
|         |demands.  (+1)   |              |
|Industry |Increased market |Transitional  |
|         |confidence and   |and ongoing   |
|         |reputation of    |compliance    |
|         |margin loan      |costs         |
|         |products.  (+1)  |including     |
|         |                 |licensing,    |
|         |                 |training and  |
|         |                 |disclosure    |
|         |                 |regarding     |
|         |                 |margin        |
|         |                 |lending.      |
|         |                 |Higher costs  |
|         |                 |than Option A |
|         |                 |because       |
|         |                 |participants  |
|         |                 |that are      |
|         |                 |already       |
|         |                 |covered by    |
|         |                 |Chapter 7, but|
|         |                 |would not     |
|         |                 |otherwise be  |
|         |                 |covered by the|
|         |                 |credit        |
|         |                 |regulatory    |
|         |                 |framework     |
|         |                 |would need to |
|         |                 |comply with   |
|         |                 |the credit    |
|         |                 |regulation    |
|         |                 |requirements  |
|         |                 |in relation to|
|         |                 |margin lending|
|         |                 |products.     |
|         |                 |(-3)          |
|Governmen|Reduced incidence|Transitional  |
|t        |of hardship cases|and going     |
|         |requiring        |costs of      |
|         |government       |monitoring and|
|         |assistance.  (+1)|enforcement.  |
|         |                 |(-1)          |
|Sub-ratin|+6               |-5            |
|g        |                 |              |
|Overall  |+1                              |
|rating   |                                |


         Consultation


    427. The issue of how margin loans should be regulated was discussed
         with the Industry and Consumer Consultative Group, as noted in the
         general consultation section above.  Members of the group include:


                . government and the ASIC;


                . key industry associations representing lenders and
                  financial planners;


                . key lenders, including both banks and brokers; and


                . representatives of the main EDR Schemes.


    428. The first meeting of the group to discuss margin loans was held on
         20 January 2009 and a number of further meetings were also held.


    429. Main issues discussed at the meetings include:


                . whether the regulatory regime in Chapter 7 of the
                  Corporations Act is suitable for margin loans, and if not
                  what amendments are necessary to eliminate gaps and
                  shortcomings;


                . what the appropriate definition of a margin loan should
                  be;


                . what responsible lending requirements are appropriate in
                  the context of margin loans; and


                . what the appropriate transitional arrangements should be,
                  especially for licensing matters.


    430. One of the main concerns raised by stakeholders was the need to
         limit the regulatory burden placed on business, and in particular
         to avoid unnecessary duplication of requirements for businesses
         already subject to licensing and regulation under the Corporations
         Act.


    431. In the consultation meetings a range of issues were raised for
         Government to consider.  The main issues include:


                . Developing an appropriate definition of a margin loan in
                  order to ensure that a level playing field applies to all
                  types of margin loans in the market.  The key concern was
                  to capture products offered by providers such as Opes
                  Prime which are based on stock lending agreements rather
                  than loan agreements.  Additional members of the
                  consultation group with specialised expertise in this area
                  were recruited in order to ensure that an appropriate
                  definition is provided.


                . Drafting responsible lending requirements that meet
                  Government's policy objectives while minimising the
                  regulatory burden on industry.  This issue is being
                  addressed in a variety of ways.  While the obligation to
                  assess the possible unsuitability of a margin loan is made
                  clear, certainty on how to conduct the assessment is being
                  provided to industry by listing a number of key matters
                  that must be considered.  Consideration is also being
                  given to allowing lenders to rely on information or a
                  recommendation provided by a licensed financial planner.
                  Further guidance will also be provided in the explanatory
                  material attached to the legislation, and ASIC may issue
                  further guidance where appropriate.


                . Including transitional arrangements that give sufficient
                  time to industry and ASIC for making adequate
                  preparations, in particular for meeting the new licensing
                  requirements, while addressing the Government's objective
                  of a speedy introduction of the new regulatory regime.
                  The draft legislation proposes a preparatory period during
                  which lenders and services providers can prepare for
                  submitting their licensing applications, and an additional
                  period during which reduced regulatory requirements will
                  apply in order to give industry time to meet all the
                  requirements of the full Chapter 7 regime.  ASIC is also
                  considering ways of facilitating the licensing process, in
                  particular in relation to meeting the training and
                  competency requirements.


    432. Taking account of this concern has been one of the key drivers in
         developing analysing the options relating to the regulatory
         treatment of margin loans.


Conclusion and recommended option


    433. Options A and B would both provide overall benefits over the status
         quo, most of the benefits being in favour of consumers.


    434. The main difference between Option A and B lies in the costs it
         imposes on business.  Financial planners involved in margin loans
         would become subject to regulation under both Chapter 7 and credit
         regulation under Option B.


    435. The recommended option is Option A, under which margin loans would
         be regulated by including them as a financial product in Chapter 7
         of the Corporations Act with some adjustments to the legislation to
         take account of their special characteristics.


Part 4 Implementation and review


    436. The recommended options would be implemented primarily through the
         introduction of the Corporations Legislation Amendment (Financial
         Services Modernisation) Bill 2009.  Associated regulations would
         also be required.


    437. There will be an opportunity to refine the margin loan regime
         established in phase one of the general credit project in the
         course of developing phase two, which is proposed to include
         investment credit.


    438. The new margin loan regime would, like the regulatory framework for
         regulation of corporate regulation and financial services, be the
         subject of ongoing monitoring and review by the Australian
         Government.






Chapter 6
Regulation impact statement - Margin loans - Attachment A

Executive summary


   439. This is the regulation impact statement (RIS) referred to in
        paragraph 5.5 of Chapter 5.  This RIS discusses:


              . The development and implementation of a national regulatory
                framework for consumer credit (including margin loans) to be
                undertaken in two stages.  The key components of the
                proposed framework seek to establish consumer protection
                across all consumer credit products and services.  The
                framework is proposed to be developed by enacting relevant
                State and Territory based consumer credit regulations as
                Commonwealth statute; and consolidating and enhancing the
                framework as necessary to reduce the regulatory burden on
                business and strengthen protection in specific areas.


              . Consultation on aspects of the proposed framework including
                the need for any enhancements (as outlined in the high level
                implementation plan and discussed herein) and its
                implementation.


Background


Consumer credit


   440. Consumer credit is credit given by shops, banks and other financial
        institutions to consumers so that they can buy goods and services
        for personal, household or domestic purposes.  Consumer credit
        encompasses for example, credit cards, payday loans and personal
        loans as well as mortgages.


   441. The provision of consumer credit is a significant industry in
        Australia.  As of June 2008, total consumer credit on issue,
        including securitisations, was $1,113.4 billion.  Of this, housing
        credit on issue stood at $957.8 billion and other personal credit
        on issue was $155.6 billion.  The largest sector of consumer credit
        is residential mortgages, which are estimated to account for over
        86 per cent of all consumer loans.[1]


   442. Industry participants include providers (also known as lenders and
        issuers) and brokers/advisers who act as intermediaries between
        providers and consumers.  Providers are increasingly relying on
        brokers to originate loans - in 2003 25 per cent of home loans were
        originated by mortgage brokers, this rose to 37 per cent in
        2007.[2]


   443. The States and Territories currently regulate the provision of
        consumer credit by any provider through the Uniform Consumer Credit
        Code (UCCC).


    444. While the provision of consumer credit is currently excluded from
         being a financial product under Chapter 7 of the Corporations
         Act 2001 (Corporations Act), Australian Securities and Investments
         Commission (ASIC) does regulate some consumer protection aspects of
         consumer credit.  Specifically, the Australian Securities and
         Investments Commission Act 2001 (ASIC Act) prohibits conduct that
         is misleading or deceptive, or is likely to mislead or deceive, in
         relation to the provision of credit products and services.


   445. The Council of Australian Governments (COAG) reached an in-
        principle agreement on 26 March 2008 that the Australian Government
        would assume responsibility for regulating mortgage credit and
        mortgage advice, including non-deposit taking institutions and
        mortgage brokers, as well as margin loans.  Subsequently, on 3 July
        2008, COAG agreed that the Australian Government would also assume
        responsibility for regulating all other consumer credit products
        and requested the Business Regulation and Competition Working Group
        report back at the 2 October meeting with a detailed implementation
        plan for other credit.


         Current regulation of consumer credit


   446. The UCCC's scope is limited to the provision of consumer credit for
        personal, household or domestic purposes.  As such consumer credit
        sought for investment purposes and credit-related advice is not
        regulated.


   447. The main provisions contained in the UCCC include the following:


                . provisions relating to the credit contract, including the
                  form and content of the contract, how information about
                  the contract is disclosed to the consumer, and how the
                  contract may be changed;


                . special provisions relating to circumstances where
                  consumers are affected by hardship, including powers of a
                  court to intervene in such circumstances;


                . provisions relating to the enforcement of credit
                  contracts, in particular what steps creditors must
                  undertake before they can enforce a contract against a
                  defaulting debtor;


                . extensive provisions relating to civil penalties for
                  breaches of the UCCC;


                . special provisions regarding related sales and insurance
                  contracts, as well as consumer leases; and


                . provisions relating to the advertising of credit,
                  including requirements for including a comparison rate.


         History of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code


   448. In 1993, the States and Territories agreed that consumer credit
        laws should be nationally uniform.  They entered a Uniform Credit
        Laws Agreement (the Uniformity Agreement) under which the UCCC was
        developed.  The UCCC is template legislation, substantially uniform
        in all Australian States and Territories.  It was enacted in
        Queensland by the Consumer Credit (Queensland) Act 1994 pursuant to
        the Uniformity Agreement, and in the other States and Territories
        through various arrangements.


   449. Under the Uniformity Agreement, amending the consumer credit
        legislation requires approval by two thirds of the members of the
        Ministerial Council for Uniform Credit Laws (the Council), which is
        a subcommittee of the Ministerial Council on Consumer Affairs
        (MCCA).  Membership of the Council consists of the State and
        Territory Ministers responsible for consumer credit laws.  Changes
        to the Uniformity Agreement itself require the unanimous approval
        by the Council.


   450. The Australian Government is not a member to the Uniformity
        Agreement and does not have a formal vote in matters relating to
        the UCCC.  It is however invited to comment on all matters relating
        to the UCCC considered by the Council.


         Outstanding UCCC projects


   451. To address gaps in the UCCC and changes in the credit environment,
        MCCA has already decided to implement some specific amendments to
        the UCCC.  These amendments are expected to be introduced prior to
        the Commonwealth assuming responsibility and therefore reflected in
        the UCCC which will be transferred over at that time.  These are:


                . 'Instalment' lending - amendments will ensure that vendor
                  finance contracts for the purchase of land, 'conditional
                  sale agreements' and 'tiny terms contracts' are brought
                  within the scope of the Code.


                . Default notices - to improve the enforcement process for
                  both lenders and borrowers by giving consumers clearer and
                  more relevant and understandable information when they
                  default.


                . Amendments to address 'fringe' lending practices - to
                  address avoidance practices, increase the reviewability of
                  credit fees and charges, improve regulator access to
                  remedies, prohibit 'blackmail' securities and require
                  lenders to supply basic direct debit information.


                . Reform of Mandatory Comparison Rates - to reform and
                  streamline the operation of mandatory comparison rates
                  (MCR) by responding to the independent review.


   452. MCCA is also undertaking a number of projects in relation to the
        UCCC, which are in varying stages of development.  These projects
        will be passed to the Commonwealth when it assumes responsibility
        and will be considered in the context of the national approach to
        the regulatory framework:


                . Reverse mortgages and other equity release products - to
                  improve consumer outcomes in relation to equity release
                  products.


                . Pre-contractual disclosure - to provide consumers with
                  simple, accessible, relevant, concise and comprehensible
                  pre-contract information.


                . Universal membership of External Dispute Resolution (EDR)
                  Schemes - to explore the feasibility of requiring all
                  credit providers to belong to an approved EDR Scheme.


                . Credit card responsible lending - to explore options to
                  address credit card over-indebtedness.


         Additional State and Territory specific regulation


   453. By agreement among the States and Territories certain areas are
        exempted from the uniformity requirements applying to the UCCC.
        Additionally, some jurisdictions have moved unilaterally to address
        specific concerns.  Accordingly, there are a number of differing
        requirements which are intended to augment the operation of the
        UCCC in the States or Territories in which they have application.
        For example:


                . Victoria, New South Wales, Western Australia and the
                  Australian Capital Territory have some limited broker
                  specific regulation.  The Western Australian legislation
                  requires all finance brokers to be licensed and members
                  of an EDR Scheme.


                . New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria
                  and Queensland have legislation which limits the rate of
                  interest and fees which can be charged on consumer credit
                  products.  South Australia expects to pass similar
                  legislation by the end of 2008.


                . Victoria has passed legislation which is to commence in
                  March 2009 which will subject credit contracts to the
                  unfair contact terms provisions in the Fair Trading Act.
                   Victoria has also passed legislation due to take effect
                  in March 2009 which requires all credit providers to be
                  members of an EDR Scheme.  In addition, Victoria is
                  examining the requirement for enhanced registration of
                  credit providers.


                . South Australia is expected to pass legislation by the
                  end of 2008 which will allow credit disputes to be
                  heard in lower courts.


                . Tasmania is expected to introduce a Bill into Parliament
                  shortly that will restrict the advertising of high cost
                  credit products.


                . The Australian Capital Territory has legislation which
                  imposes responsible lending requirements on credit cards
                  providers.


         Draft New South Wales National Finance Brokers Package


   454. In addition to the UCCC and specific regulation mentioned above,
        the States and Territories have also agreed to national reforms
        aimed at regulating the finance broking industry, as recommended in
        the relevant decision-making RIS, subject to consultation on a
        draft Bill.


   455. To this end, in November 2007, the New South Wales Government
        released the draft National Finance Brokers Package for public
        consultation on behalf of all jurisdictions.


   456. The draft Finance Brokers Bill proposes to license all brokers to
        ensure that only reputable, skilled brokers transact with
        consumers and small businesses to obtain credit that suits their
        purposes and that they can afford.  Applicants would be required
        to:


                . pass probity checks;


                . maintain mandatory membership of an approved EDR Scheme;


                . attain prescribed educational qualifications or skills
                  (not below a Certificate IV); and


                . obtain mandatory professional indemnity insurance.


   457. In addition, the draft Bill imposes a requirement that brokers
        confirm a person's capacity to repay before applying for credit;
        disclose certain information and have a reasonable basis for any
        recommendation.  Further, brokers would not be able to charge a
        fee before credit was obtained.


   458. Over 100 submissions were received and consultations conducted by
        New South Wales have revealed broad support for the draft Bill.
        However some concerns remain in relation to a few specific
        provisions, namely the capacity to repay, stay of enforcements and
        professional indemnity requirements.


   459. In light of the COAG decisions it has been agreed that the
        Commonwealth will take over the project, and conduct further
        consultation on the remaining concerns.  In accordance with the
        conditional approval given to the project by the Office of Best
        Practice Regulation, an updated assessment of the regulatory impact
        of the proposed regime will be undertaken once the details are
        established.


Margin loans


   460. Margin lending describes an arrangement under which investors
        borrow money to buy financial products (such as listed shares,
        fixed interest securities and units in managed funds).  The
        underlying financial products are then used to secure the loan for
        those products.  The amount the investor can borrow depends in the
        loan-to-valuation ratio (LVR) offered by a lender of each stock.


   461. As with most other loans, investors must pay interest on the amount
        borrowed under a margin loan, however regular repayments are not
        generally required.  Instead, repayments are only required when the
        investment is subject to a 'margin call'.  This occurs where the
        market value of the investment falls below the level agreed under
        the contract.  A margin call requires the investor to take
        appropriate action to return the LVR to the agreed limits stated
        under the contract.  This can be done by paying extra cash, selling
        some of the assets or giving the lender additional security.  The
        lender is under no obligation to contact the investor when a margin
        call is made.  The responsibility falls on the investor to take
        appropriate action in accordance with the timeframes, potentially
        less than 24 hours, as prescribed in the margin loan agreement.


   462. There has been a rapid growth in the value of margin loans with the
        total value increasing from under $5 billion in June 1999 to over
        $37 billion in December 2007.  More recently the total value of
        margin loans has dropped back to around $32 billion in response to
        the recent market turbulence.  Consistent with the growth over the
        past nine years, the number of clients taking out margin loans has
        increased from 87,000 in 2000 to 202,000 in 2008.


         Current regulation of margin loans


   463. Margin loan facilities are based on complex contractual
        arrangements between the lender and the client.  Primary disclosure
        of the terms and conditions governing the loan occurs through the
        lending agreement signed between the two parties.


   464. Margin loans consist of a credit component and an investment
        component.  Where the investment aspect involves a financial
        product such as shares, Australian Government regulation in the
        form of Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act applies.


   465. In addition, where the investment aspect involves a listed share,
        Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules might apply.
        The Listing Rules set standards of behaviour for listed entities
        and include ASX's continuous disclosure requirements.


   466. Misleading and deceptive conduct in relation to margin lending is
        regulated under the ASIC Act.  Under this legislation ASIC can, for
        instance, take action against misleading advertising or misleading
        statements made by financial advisers in relation to the provision
        of margin loans.


   467. The credit component of the margin loan transaction is currently
        largely unregulated.  Margin loans are not regulated by the States
        and Territories under the UCCC, as credit provided for investment
        purposes is excluded.


    468. The Corporations Act excludes all credit under the agreement with
         the States and Territories.  However, where a margin loan is
         provided through a financial planner as part of an overall
         financial plan, ASIC considers that the Corporations Act applies to
         all the elements of the plan, including the margin loan facility as
         it is considered to be an investment vehicle.


   469. As margin loans are supplied by a variety of providers, including
        banks, various industry standards, such as the Australian Bankers'
        Association Code of Banking Practice, may apply.


   470. The Code of Banking Practice, which applies to personal and small
        business bank customers, sets out the banking industry's key
        commitments and obligations to customers on standards of practice,
        disclosure and principles of conduct for their banking services.
        This Code is not legislation; however, banks that adopt this Code
        are contractually bound by their obligations under this Code.


   471. If the provider of a margin loan has adopted the Code of Banking
        Practise there is an obligation on the bank to exercise care and
        skill in determining a customer's ability to repay the loan.  Under
        this Code members are required to provide both an internal and EDR
        Scheme for customer disputes.


   472. However, margin loans are increasingly being provided by non-
        deposit taking institutions.  Clients of these lenders do not
        benefit from the protection of the Code of Banking Practice.


Financial Services Reform - Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act


   473. The Financial Services Reform Act 2001 (FSR) put in place a
        regulatory framework for the provision of a wide range of
        investment and risk management style financial products and advice
        related to those products, including securities, derivatives,
        general and life insurance, superannuation, deposit accounts and
        non-cash payments.  This regime was incorporated as Chapter 7 of
        the Corporations Act.


   474. The regulatory framework introduced under Chapter 7 sought to
        promote confident and informed decision making by consumers of
        financial products and services while facilitating efficiency,
        flexibility and innovation in the provision of those products and
        services; fairness, honesty and professionalism by those who
        provide financial services; fair, orderly and transparent markets
        for financial products; and the reduction of systemic risk and the
        provision of fair and effective services by clearing and settlement
        facilities.


   475. The FSR regime provides for:


                . All financial services providers are licensed and subject
                  to uniform obligations and requirements by ASIC in the
                  provision of the services for which they are licensed.


                . All providers of financial services (including issuing,
                  broking and advice) are uniformly regulated in the
                  provision of the regulated financial products (noting
                  tailoring of provisions for specific products and
                  circumstances).


                . Minimum standards such as training, disclosure,
                  considerations in giving financial product advice, and
                  general conduct are required of licensees in their
                  dealings with retail clients:


                  - there are tiered training requirements, dependent on the
                    level of advice and type of product being provided;


                  - membership of an EDR Scheme is compulsory;


                  - providers are required to conduct their services
                    efficiently, honestly and fairly;


                  - there must be a reasonable basis on which providers base
                    their advice; and


                  - disclosure of information to retail clients in relation
                    to the provider's financial services business (in a
                    Financial Services Guide), financial services advice (in
                    a Statement of Advice) and financial services products
                    (in a PDS) is required.


                . All providers must have adequate compensation arrangements
                  (generally professional indemnity insurance).


   476. The Government has tasked the Financial Services Working Group to
        reform financial services disclosure documents in order to
        introduce simple, standard and readable documents which are more
        easily understood by consumers and allow for greater ease of
        product comparability.[3]  Once implemented, these reforms may
        reduce compliance burden involved in complying with FSR and
        therefore produce cost savings.


Problem identification


Consumer credit

   477. The inter-jurisdictional processes for changing the UCCC have led
        to prolonged delays in implementing necessary reforms leading in
        some cases to their effective abandonment.  Amending the UCCC is a
        slow and arduous process requiring agreement among all
        jurisdictions.  The protracted time frames for developing national
        finance broker regulation and for closing off some identified
        loopholes in the UCCC such as those related to the regulation of
        fringe lenders, are cases in point.  Such delays have compromised
        the capacity of the regulatory regime to respond to market
        developments and the effectiveness of protections for those
        acquiring credit products and services, particularly in a market
        where products and practices are evolving rapidly.
   478. The introduction of various State and Territory specific
        regulations has resulted in inconsistent consumer protection and
        has added red tape and unnecessary compliance costs on service
        providers.  While the UCCC notionally provides for consistent
        administration and enforcement of a consumer protection code
        nationally, jurisdictions have unilaterally imposed additional
        requirements separate from the UCCC.  Consequently, protections
        available to consumers acquiring credit are not uniform across
        jurisdictions and have resulted in providers who operate nationally
        or in multiple jurisdictions incurring additional compliance costs
        arising from the need to vary their business practices.  Where this
        occurs, complexity and additional costs are imposed on consumers
        and businesses.
   479. There is evidence that some consumers who access credit through
        brokers are not achieving appropriate outcomes.  The concerns with
        the lack of regulation of brokers are well documented in the RIS
        prepared for the National Finance Broking Regulation.  For example,
        the number and range of credit products currently offered by
        providers are too numerous and too complex to allow the majority of
        consumers to make fully informed decisions.  As a result many
        consumers are turning to brokers.  However, the use of a broker may
        not produce the best outcome, and could lead to considerable
        detriment, for the consumer.  This is because consumers are often
        dependent on the broker's skill and expertise and therefore
        vulnerable to exploitation.  Unfortunately, it appears some brokers
        may provide inappropriate advice and this occurs for a variety of
        reasons, including a lack of skill, remuneration based incentives
        and unscrupulousness.
   480. There is evidence that some consumers are experiencing financial
        difficulties caused by over-indebtedness.  There are a number of
        causes of this, for example, some consumers do not appreciate the
        implications of obtaining credit, and/or have an unrealistic
        appreciation of their capacity to repay.  In addition, some
        providers' assessment practices maximise the amount of credit able
        to be granted but which cannot be repaid by the consumer without
        substantial hardship.  The concern with the lack of a requirement
        on participants to establish a consumer's capacity to repay are
        well documented (albeit in a limited context) in the RIS on
        responsible lending practices in relation to consumer credit cards.


   481. Consumers' access to dispute resolution mechanisms other than the
        Courts is limited under the UCCC as participants are not required
        to be members of an EDR Scheme.  Therefore consumers who are unable
        to resolve a dispute directly with a provider who is not
        voluntarily a member does not have access to dispute resolution
        services outside of the court process.  Court processes are often
        complex, time consuming and costly and therefore not a particularly
        viable solution.
   482. Currently consumers have only limited protections when obtaining
        credit for investment or small business purposes.  The UCCC does
        not regulate credit provided for investment purposes, nor credit
        provided to small businesses.  That means, for example, the
        mortgage over a person's home is regulated under the UCCC but the
        same person's mortgage over another home, for investment purposes,
        is not.  That person is not necessarily any more knowledgeable when
        entering into that contact, and may have used their primary
        residence as security, but does not have access to the protections
        offered by the UCCC.  Furthermore, a loan to small business may
        also be used indirectly to fund personal consumption or be secured
        by personal assets, particularly in the case of an unincorporated
        operator, but is not afforded protections under the UCCC.  The FSR
        regime only regulates investment in financial products
        (for example, shares but not real property) and related advice -
        not the credit used to obtain it.
   483. There is evidence that some consumers are poorly informed about the
        key features and risks of certain credit products.  The UCCC
        contains a number of provisions regulating disclosure, mainly pre-
        contractual which focuses on the contractual obligations rather
        than the features and risks of the actual product.  As such, it
        appears that the existing disclosure requirements may not be
        sufficient to prevent confusion and financial loss.

   484. The penalty provisions in the UCCC are largely limited to civil
        remedies for breaches of the legislation.  There is no provision
        for a regulator to intervene through administrative action.  In
        addition, the regulator does not have standing in court.  This
        means the regulator cannot deal with minor breaches of the
        legislation in a manner commensurate with their impacts or take
        action on behalf of consumers as a general population.


Margin loans


   485. With the strong performance of the ASX over the recent years, the
        instance of margin calls has been very low.  However, with the
        stock market moving into a time of more uncertain growth, there has
        been some concern surrounding retail clients' understanding of how
        their margin loan product operates.  Recent market volatility has
        been alarming for small investors, particularly those who have only
        experienced positive markets previously.  This has highlighted the
        current absence of consumer protection regulation concerning margin
        loans, particularly in relation to retail investors.


   486. There are serious concerns that consumers are not necessarily aware
        of the extent to which margin lending contracts place the risk of
        changes to market conditions on them.  In particular, some
        contracts allow the lender to unilaterally withdraw the facility or
        withdraw a particular company's stock from their acceptable list of
        equities over which margin lending is accepted, thereby forcing
        full repayment.


   487. Furthermore, it is not clear that investors fully understand how
        the LVR ratio works and that the loan provider is able to change
        this in a very short period of time.


   488. There are also serious concerns that marketing material, separate
        from the contract itself, highlighting 'bull market' gains make
        margin loans seem much simpler than they in fact are and do not
        fully disclose the downside risks.


Policy objectives


   489. To give effect to the COAG decisions of 26 March and 3 July 2008,
        in that the Australian Government will assume responsibility for
        the regulation of consumer credit and margin loans.


   490. To provide a comprehensive, nationally consistent consumer credit
        regime, by addressing conflicts or gaps in the existing consumer
        credit regime where there is evidence that consumers are suffering
        loss and other detriment or an unnecessary compliance burden is
        being placed on business.


   491. To determine the most appropriate way to handle margin loans to
        ensure people who invest through them are aware of the associated
        risks.


   492. To reduce the regulatory burden on business, better protect the
        interests of consumers and ensure the regulatory regime contributes
        to ensuring the Australian economy is modern and strong.


Implementation options


         Implementation scope


   493. The terms of the COAG agreement are quite broad and allow the
        Commonwealth to determine the precise scope and mechanism for
        implementing the national regulation of consumer credit and margin
        loans.  Although the Commonwealth has not previously regulated
        consumer credit the States and Territories, as well as industry
        participants and consumer groups, have substantial knowledge of the
        issues involved and will be used to inform the development of the
        national regime.


   494. A primary weakness of the existing UCCC is its inability to respond
        to market developments in a timely manner because of the co-
        operative amendment process.  This will be overcome when enacted as
        Commonwealth law, in part because, where possible, it will be
        drafted on a principles basis so that it does not necessarily need
        to be amended to regulate new products and behaviours.  In
        addition, a national regime will provide consumers and participants
        with consistency by reducing duplication and inconsistent
        obligations.


   495. Despite those inherent improvements, given the concerns identified
        above it would seem that simply enacting the UCCC as Commonwealth
        law will not be sufficient to comprehensively regulate consumer
        credit in a way which achieves the Government's objectives.  Some
        potential enhancements which could be made have been identified
        below.  Their necessity, and the impacts their introduction would
        have, will be evaluated on the basis of views solicited through
        further consultations.


         Potential enhancements to the regulation of consumer credit under
         the national regime


   496. The scope of the regime may need to be framed so as to capture
        additional transactions and services.


    497. The UCCC only regulates the provision of consumer credit.  That is,
         the UCCC does not regulate the provision of credit-related advice,
         and excludes credit provided to consumers for investment purposes
         and loans made to small businesses.  This means that some
         transactions undertaken by consumers are outside of the protections
         offered by the UCCC.


    498. However, the draft Finance Brokers Bill has been specifically
         crafted to regulate the provision of advice by brokers/advisors in
         all jurisdictions in relation to all consumer and small business
         credit.


    499. The absence of a comprehensive approach for regulating credit
         advice is widely acknowledged as a key deficiency of the current
         regime.  Changes in the credit environment and the increased
         availability of a range of products being offered by a range of
         lenders have seen consumers rely more heavily on finance
         brokers/advisors when considering their lending options, yet there
         is no regulation of these transactions.  That is, the UCCC only
         regulates the actual lending portion of the transaction and not the
         advice.  There is no regulatory requirement that advice is
         appropriate for the consumer and there is evidence that in its
         absence consumers have suffered detriment.


    500. Consumer borrowing for investment purposes is not regulated by the
         UCCC.  Individual investors are often not sophisticated and
         consider investing in real property to be a lower risk activity
         than other investments.  Such investment is often long term and
         involves large sums of debt.  Past increases in property prices and
         average household incomes have promoted consumer confidence which
         has led to increased borrowing to fund investment.  However recent
         downturns in property and financial markets have left some
         investors with reduced levels of equity and liquidity.  These
         investment credit contracts are not subject to regulatory oversight
         and protection.  By comparison, the FSR regime regulates investment
         in financial products, and advice in relation to it.


    501. Similarly, small business operators are not necessarily
         sophisticated investors.  Small businesses may not have sufficient
         resources to obtain detailed advice, negotiate favourable contract
         terms or engage in costly and complex legal arrangements to resolve
         disputes.  The extension of protections under the national credit
         regime to small businesses is similar to the scope of the FSR
         regime for financial products.


    502. In contrast to the UCCC, Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act
         regulates the provision of financial services products (such as
         shares but not real property) and advice related to those products
         provided to all retail clients.


    503. The need to extend the scope of the legislation to other
         transactions and services has not yet been determined and will be
         the subject of consultation.


         All industry participants may need to be licensed


    504. The UCCC does not contain a licensing regime.  However, in
         recognition of the need for, and benefits of, licensing the States
         and Territories have agreed to license the brokers/advisers of all
         consumer and small business credit in all jurisdictions, as
         proposed in the draft Finance Brokers Bill.


    505. A licensing regime generally restricts entry to those people who
         are appropriately skilled and of good character.  Licensing is a
         mechanism by which obligations can be imposed on participants.
         In addition, it provides for more effective and efficient
         enforcement.  It allows the population to be known to the
         regulator, who can then ensure that required standards are met and
         impose penalties for non-compliance.  Experience suggests that, in
         the absence of a licensing regime, unscrupulous or unskilled people
         can operate in the market for some time before being identified.
         Once identified there is often no mechanism to resolve disputes
         outside of the courts.


    506. There is wide ranging community and industry support for the
         introduction of a comprehensive licensing regime (for example,
         Finance Sector Union, Credit Ombudsman Service, Finance Brokers
         Association Australia, Mortgage & Finance Association Australia).


    507. In addition, the Productivity Commission recommended a licensing
         system for finance brokers, and a licensing or registration system
         for credit providers (with both requiring participation in an
         approved EDR Scheme).  Chapter 7 requires all financial service
         providers be licensed.


    508. Should a licensing requirement be included in the national regime,
         it may be inappropriate to only license brokers/advisors (as
         proposed in the draft Finance Brokers Bill) and not providers as
         well, given they can also interact directly with consumers.
         However the obligations imposed may vary depending on the role of
         the participant.


         Industry participants may need to provide additional disclosure to
         consumers.


    509. The UCCC already requires certain disclosure, mainly pre-
         contractual.  However this has not been adequate to properly inform
         consumers of all the risks associated with specific credit
         products, such as reverse mortgages.


    510. Without all relevant information, consumers are not able to make
         well reasoned decisions.  Making inappropriate decisions can lead
         to financial stress.


    511. In recognition that some people may not understand the risks
         involved with reverse mortgages the States and Territories are
         currently considering the need for specific disclosure.  A
         consultation RIS is being prepared by the States on this matter.


    512. In addition, the States and Territories have commissioned research
         into pre-contractual disclosure to ensure it is simple, accessible,
         relevant, concise and comprehensible.


    513. Further, the proposed amendments to address 'fringe' lending
         practices include requiring additional disclosure in relation to
         direct debit authorities and clarifying disclosure requirements for
         annual percentage rates.


    514. The need to impose any additional disclosure requirements, such as
         ongoing or product specific disclosure requirements, will be
         considered in the second phase.


         The expected conduct and behaviour of industry participants in
         relation to their dealings with consumers may need to be regulated.


    515. The UCCC contains some conduct requirements.  However, numerous
         submissions to various consultations papers have suggested these
         provisions are not sufficient.  There is evidence that practices
         such as 'equity stripping', 'churning', the provision of
         inappropriate advice, the provision of credit to consumers who can
         not afford to repay it and the charging of excessive fees have
         occurred, to the detriment of consumers.


    516. The consumer is in a position where they are dependent on the
         broker's skill and expertise and therefore vulnerable to
         exploitation.  It is in the industry's interest that consumers
         value the services which are available.  One way to achieve
         consumer confidence is to ensure market participants behave in an
         appropriate manner.


    517. The application of general conduct requirements is a principled (as
         opposed to prescriptive) method of addressing concerns which may
         otherwise be manifested as specific obligations and products
         features.


    518. The concept of requiring responsible lending practices was
         consistently raised by consumer advocacy groups (such as Care Inc
         Financial Counselling & Consumer Law Centre ACT, Consumer Credit
         Legal Centre NSW, ACTU and the Financial Sector Union) in responses
         to the Green Paper.


    519. The draft Finance Brokers Bill proposes to address this issue in
         part by imposing a requirement that the consumer's capacity to
         repay be considered before any credit product is recommended (a RIS
         was prepared).  The draft Finance Brokers Bill also requires that
         the advisor/broker has a reasonable basis for recommending a
         particular credit product.


    520. In addition, the States and Territories are considering imposing
         additional conduct requirements, in the form of responsible lending
         provisions, on credit card providers to address concerns with over-
         indebtedness.  A consultation RIS was prepared.


    521. Chapter 7 of the Corporation Act requires providers conduct their
         services efficiently, honestly and fairly.


    522. If additional conduct requirements were to be introduced it is
         envisaged that they would oblige participants to observe a number
         of general conduct requirements such as those imposed by Chapter 7.
          In addition, credit-specific requirements, such as establishing a
         person's capacity to repay and banning specific predatory lending
         practices, could be imposed.  The need for any additional conduct
         requirements, and the specifics of the obligations they would
         impose if adopted, have not yet been determined and will be the
         subject of consultation.


         Industry participants may need to provide access to appropriate
         dispute resolution services.


    523. Under the UCCC membership to EDR Schemes is voluntary.  Tribunals
         have been established to deal with complaints related to consumer
         credit.  Western Australia, and more recently Victoria, are the
         only jurisdictions to have introduces legislation which requires
         brokers/advisors to be members of an external dispute resolution
         scheme.


    524. The importance of mandating access to an EDR Scheme is that they
         provide consumers who are unable to resolve a dispute directly with
         their provider with a free, fair and independent dispute resolution
         mechanism.  The alternative is often the complex, time consuming
         and costly court process which is not particularly viable.


    525. In the absence of a legislative requirement several industry
         associations, such as the Mortgage & Finance Association of
         Australia and the Australian Bankers' Association Code of Banking
         Practice, require their members be members of EDR Schemes.


    526. The draft Finance Brokers Bill proposes to mandate membership of
         approved EDR Schemes for all brokers.  Chapter 7 mandates
         membership of an ASIC approved EDR Scheme.


    527. In recognition of the value of access to EDR Schemes, the States
         and Territories had commenced examining the feasibility of
         requiring all credit providers to belong to an approved EDR Scheme.
          However, this work was postponed following the COAG decisions.


    528. The need to impose a requirement to provide access to dispute
         resolution services has not yet been determined and will be the
         subject of consultation.  If such a requirement were to be
         introduced it is envisaged that access to EDR Schemes would be free
         to consumers and similar to the schemes which operate for the
         purposes of Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act.


         The regime will need to be enforced by a national regulator, namely
         ASIC, in a way which minimises avoidance of the requirements.


    529. The UCCC is enforced by each State and Territories' Fair Trading
         Office.  The UCCC contains a range of civil penalties.  The
         regulators lack the ability to intervene quickly and to act
         unilaterally in instigating court proceedings against persons
         acting inappropriately or failing to meet required standards.


    530. The amendments to address 'fringe' lending practices proposed by
         the States and Territories recommend giving government consumer
         agencies standing in court proceedings.


    531. Moving to a single national regulator is consistent with having a
         national scheme.  ASIC is the logical choice, given its experience
         in enforcing the Corporations Act and its existing infrastructure
         and relationships with financial services providers.  This
         conclusion is supported by the fact that ASIC was repeatedly
         identified as the appropriate regulator in submissions to the Green
         Paper and by the Productivity Commission in its report of May 2008.




    532. The alternative national regulator, the Australian Competition and
         Consumer Commission, has little experience in the regulation and
         licensing of financial services or credit, nor the established
         relationships with those providers.  Further, it would be expected
         that the incremental cost of extending ASIC's oversight to credit
         would be less than that required to extend the Australian
         Competition and Consumer Commission functions to credit regulation.


    533. The States and Territories have indicated they do not want a
         continuing enforcement role once the Commonwealth assumes
         responsibility for credit.  However they reserve the right to
         enforce generic consumer protection laws where applicable.


    534. The need for any enhancement to ASIC's enforcement powers (such as
         the ability to impose administrative and criminal penalties, have
         standing in court cases and the ability to ban industry
         participants), have not yet been determined and will be the subject
         of consultation.


         Proposed regulation of margin loans under Chapter 7 of the
         Corporations Act


   535. The proposed regulation of margin loans under Chapter 7 is included
        in phase one of the proposed implementation plan.


    536. The Simplifying and Standardising Financial Services and Credit
         Regulation Green Paper proposed three options for margin loans:
         1) maintain the status quo; 2) include margin loans as a financial
         product under the Corporations Act and apply the Chapter 7 regime;
         and 3) develop a separate regulatory regime for margin loans.


    537. A number of submissions were received however, whether margin loans
         need to be regulated, and if so the appropriateness of Chapter 7 to
         do so, has not yet been determined and will be subject to further
         consultation.


         Implementation mechanisms


   538. Due to constitutional limitations, the preferred approach to any
        regulation of credit would be to amend the Corporations Act.  There
        are two options for the implementation of Commonwealth regulation
        of consumer credit.


         Option A


   539. Extend Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act to regulate the provision
        of all consumer credit products and related advice including
        consumer mortgages for investment purposes, and loans to small
        businesses, as a financial product.


         Option B


   540. Enact the UCCC (including outstanding projects) to the extent
        possible and the relevant provisions of the draft National Finance
        Brokers Bill, supplemented with additional licensing, conduct and
        disclosure provisions as required to comprehensively regulate the
        provision of consumer credit and related advice, including consumer
        mortgages for investment purposes, and loans to small businesses as
        a new chapter of the Corporations Act.


Assessment of impacts


Impact group identification


   541. The groups affected by the amendments are consumers of credit;
        industry participants including providers and brokers/advisers; and
        the Government and ASIC.


Assessment of costs and benefits


         Option A:  Extend Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act to include all
         consumer credit products.


      1.

|         |Benefits                 |Costs                    |
|Consumers|The licensing            |There may be additional  |
|         |requirements will ensure |financial cost to        |
|         |that all advice will be  |consumers as businesses  |
|         |provided by people with  |pass on increased costs. |
|         |relevant training.  In   |These costs are expected |
|         |addition, the disclosure |to be high as Chapter 7  |
|         |requirements will ensure |will require different   |
|         |that all personal credit |processes/systems to     |
|         |advice will be           |those currently used.    |
|         |appropriate to the       |Some consumers may not be|
|         |consumer having regard to|able to obtain credit    |
|         |their personal           |because a more rigorous  |
|         |circumstances.  This may |assessment of their      |
|         |reduce the potential for |financial circumstances  |
|         |consumers to make        |(that is, capacity to    |
|         |inappropriate financing  |repay) would determine   |
|         |decisions or obtain      |they were not eligible.  |
|         |inappropriate credit.    |However this is the      |
|         |Mandated access to ASIC  |appropriate outcome.     |
|         |approved EDR Schemes in  |                         |
|         |the event of disputes is |                         |
|         |quicker, cheaper and     |                         |
|         |easier than having to    |                         |
|         |rely on court processes. |                         |
|Industry |Some credit providers    |Implementation costs will|
|         |(that is, ADIs and       |be higher than for Option|
|         |financial services       |B as complying with      |
|         |advisors) already hold a |Chapter 7 will require   |
|         |licence under Chapter 7. |different                |
|         |The additional regulatory|processes/systems to     |
|         |burden on those          |those currently used.    |
|         |participants will not be |Additional compliance    |
|         |high.                    |requirements (licensing, |
|         |                         |disclosure, conduct)     |
|         |                         |would apply, especially  |
|         |                         |to those who are not     |
|         |                         |already licensed under   |
|         |                         |Chapter 7.               |
|         |                         |The current Chapter 7    |
|         |                         |requirements are         |
|         |                         |considered onerous and   |
|         |                         |are not tailored to      |
|         |                         |credit                   |
|         |                         |providers/products.      |
|Governmen|ASIC has knowledge of    |There may be more        |
|t        |Chapter 7 and already has|resistance from industry |
|         |mechanisms in place to   |than under Option B as   |
|         |licence providers and    |Chapter 7 imposes        |
|         |enforce conduct          |different requirements to|
|         |requirements.            |those currently mandated |
|         |ASIC would be able to    |for credit.              |
|         |access documented advice |ASIC will need to license|
|         |provided to clients to   |and monitor a larger     |
|         |monitor compliance with  |population than they do  |
|         |the law.                 |currently and therefore  |
|         |                         |will require additional  |
|         |                         |funding.                 |
|         |                         |Chapter 7 would still    |
|         |                         |need refinement as the   |
|         |                         |risk profile of credit   |
|         |                         |products requires a      |
|         |                         |different regulatory     |
|         |                         |treatment from financial |
|         |                         |products for investments.|


Option B:  Enact relevant provisions of the UCCC and the draft Finance
Brokers Bill, supplemented as required, as Commonwealth law


      2.

|          |Benefits                   |Costs                 |
|Consumers |Generally consistent with  |There may be          |
|          |existing consumer credit   |additional financial  |
|          |regime, that is consumers  |cost to consumers as  |
|          |of credit for personal use |businesses pass on    |
|          |are already aware of       |increased costs.      |
|          |requirements and           |However increased     |
|          |protections under UCCC.    |costs are expected to |
|          |All advice will be provided|be lower than under   |
|          |by people with relevant    |Option A because      |
|          |training.  In addition, all|businesses already    |
|          |personal credit advice will|comply with UCCC.     |
|          |be appropriate to the      |Some consumers may not|
|          |consumer having regard to  |be able to obtain     |
|          |their personal             |credit because a more |
|          |circumstances, which may   |rigorous assessment of|
|          |reduce the potential for   |their financial       |
|          |consumers to make          |circumstances (that   |
|          |inappropriate financing    |is, capacity to repay)|
|          |decisions or obtain        |would determine they  |
|          |inappropriate credit.      |were not eligible.    |
|          |Mandated access to ASIC    |However this is the   |
|          |approved EDR Schemes in the|appropriate outcome.  |
|          |event of disputes is       |                      |
|          |quicker, cheaper and easier|                      |
|          |than having to rely on     |                      |
|          |court processes.           |                      |
|Industry  |Generally consistent with  |Increased regulatory  |
|          |existing consumer credit   |burden on businesses  |
|          |regime, that is providers  |offering margin loans |
|          |of consumer credit are     |and other financial   |
|          |already aware of           |products as they will |
|          |obligations under UCCC.    |have to comply with   |
|          |Implementation costs will  |two regimes           |
|          |be lower than under Option |                      |
|          |A as businesses already    |                      |
|          |have processes/systems for |                      |
|          |UCCC.                      |                      |
|Government|The transition to the new  |ASIC will need to     |
|          |regime by both consumers   |develop knowledge of  |
|          |and industry will be easier|UCCC.                 |
|          |and cheaper than Option A  |                      |
|          |and therefore more readily |                      |
|          |adopted given the existing |                      |
|          |understand and acceptance  |                      |
|          |of the UCCC.               |                      |
|          |The fundamentals of UCCC   |                      |
|          |are strong and appropriate |                      |
|          |for the regulation of      |                      |
|          |credit.                    |                      |


         Preferred approach - Option B


   542. Despite its gaps, the UCCC provides a well developed foundation for
        the regulation of consumer credit, which is well known by industry
        and consumers.  Moving the UCCC under Commonwealth control resolves
        many of its weaknesses.  Further the UCCC framework can be enhanced
        with additional licensing, conduct and disclosure provisions, drawn
        from the draft Finance Brokers Bill and supplemented as required,
        to provide for the comprehensive regulation of consumer credit.


   543. Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act does not contain the necessary
        credit specific provisions, such as dealing with defaults,
        repossession and hardship requirements.  In addition, its
        licensing, conduct and disclosure frameworks are specifically
        designed for the regulation of financial services that are not
        necessarily appropriate or applicable to credit products given the
        different risks involved.  This is consistent with the views
        expressed by the financial sector in response to the Green Paper.
        However, Chapter 7 may provide a basis from which to produce the
        additional regulation necessary to supplement the UCCC and draft
        Finance Brokers Bill.


Business cost calculator


         Consumer credit


   544. Until the details of the proposed national regime (including the
        licensing, conduct and disclosure requirements) are decided it is
        difficult to estimate the cost of compliance to business.  It is
        expected that there will be an initial cost to businesses in
        transitioning to the new system, such as obtaining their licence.
        In addition, it is expected that there will be on-going costs
        involved in disclosure, compliance, training and membership of an
        EDR Scheme.


   545. Consultations to date have suggested that implementation costs
        would be minimised if the Commonwealth adopted the UCCC with
        minimal changes (for example, Legal Aid NSW & QLD and Australian
        Finance Conference).  The proposed regime will be subject to
        further consultation in order to achieve a design which minimises
        compliance costs while delivering enhanced protections to
        consumers.


   546. It should be noted that these costs are offset in part by savings
        from no longer having to comply with multiple State and Territory
        based regulation, which is often duplicated or inconsistent.  In
        addition, a national regime of consumer credit regulation will
        allow, over time, for streamlining and consolidation.


         Margin loans


   547. Until the details of the regulation, if any, for margin loans are
        decided it is difficult to estimate the cost of compliance to
        business.  Consultations noted that introducing a new regime, as
        opposed to extending Chapter 7, would be more costly for both
        businesses and government.


   548. Traditionally, margin loans have been sold through AFS licensees.
        Although the provision of margin loans, or advice in relation to
        them, are not currently subject to the obligations imposed by
        Chapter 7 the extension of those requirements would not be expected
        have a large impact for existing AFS licensees.


   549. If margin loans were to be regulated under Chapter 7, it is
        expected that the majority of the cost will be borne by those
        industry participants who are not already AFS licensees, and that
        some of those costs would be passed on to consumers.


   550. If margin loans were to be regulated, Option 3 would appear to
        result in the creation of a separate regime for margin loans that
        would unnecessarily mirror Chapter 7, creating regulatory overlap
        for businesses offering margin loans and other financial products.
        This would create inefficiencies for businesses that would be
        required to obtain separate licences for different products and
        develop disclosure documents for those products under different
        regimes.


         Staging


   551. The national regime could be implemented as either a single step or
        a staged process.


   552. Under a single step process a national regulatory regime could be
        introduced only after all of the work had been done to refine the
        existing regime, undertake the necessary consultation and approval
        processes, and draft the entire package of legislation.  This would
        delay the implementation of any reform for several years, during
        which time the current problems with the regulatory regime would
        remain unaddressed.


   553. Alternatively, a national regulatory regime could be introduced in
        stages.  This would involve the early introduction of Commonwealth
        law addressing the most urgent problems (such as mortgage credit
        and advice, margin loans and other matters), followed by the later
        introduction of additional features, after further consideration.


   554. The first phase would include the enactment of the UCCC, relatively
        unchanged, as Commonwealth law which ensures continuity and
        certainty for both business and consumers.  As industry currently
        complies with the UCCC there would be minimal operational
        difference in transferring existing legislation to the
        Commonwealth.  It is expected that several of the currently
        outstanding projects will have already been enacted as amendments
        to the UCCC by this time.


   555. Depending on the outcomes of consultation, the key changes from the
        existing regime introduced in phase one would be:


                . the extension of the regime to consumer mortgages for real
                  property;


                . the licensing of all industry participants, which could be
                  based on the provisions in the draft Finance Brokers Bill;




                . compulsory membership in an EDR Scheme; and


                . the introduction of general conduct provisions, including
                  the requirement that a person's capacity to repay be
                  considered when determining eligibility for credit.


   556. ASIC would also assume responsibility from the State and Territory
        Fair Trading Offices for regulating consumer credit in phase one.
        This would enable ASIC to commence producing educational material
        and licensing industry participants, giving industry time to
        transition into the new scheme.  In addition, it would immediately
        reduce duplication or inconsistency in regulatory burden inherent
        in complying with multiple State and Territory jurisdictions.


   557. The second phase would focus on determining the need for specific
        conduct, disclosure and product requirements and the extension of
        the scope of the law to cover remaining investment loans and loans
        to small businesses.


   558. Managing the single stage implementation of such a large reform is
        considered to be more difficult than a staged process.  These
        difficulties were demonstrated during the introduction of the FSR
        regime in 2001.  Industry participants and the regulator were
        overwhelmed by the quantum of changes and the compressed timeline
        in which they were required to comply with the new regime.


   559. The inbuilt delay in implementing the reform as a single package is
        undesirable, given the pressing concerns with certain aspects of
        consumer credit.  Further, should any aspect of a single package be
        delayed the entire project would be delayed.  In contrast, a staged
        process ensures that important and non-controversial aspects can
        proceed urgently.


   560. In response to the Green Paper several submissions noted that,
        should the Commonwealth take over the regulation of all consumer
        credit, a staged implementation would be advisable (for
        example, Financial Services Ombudsman, Financial Planning
        Association).


Consultation


Consumer credit


         Green Paper on Financial Services and Credit Reform


   561. On 3 June 2008, the Government released the Green Paper on
        Financial Services and Credit Reform: Improving, Simplifying and
        Standardising Financial Services and Credit Regulation.


   562. The Green Paper discussed the regulation of mortgages, mortgage
        brokers and margin loans, and proposed options for the Commonwealth
        taking over regulation in this area.  With respect to other
        consumer credit products such as credit cards, personal loans and
        micro loans, the Green Paper asked for submissions on whether these
        products should also be regulated solely by the Commonwealth or
        whether there is a role for the States and Territories in this
        area.


   563. Some 150 submissions were received in response to the Green Paper,
        and an overwhelming majority supported the Commonwealth assuming
        responsibility for the regulation of all consumer credit.


                . From the industry's perspective, this support was driven
                  by the reduction in compliance burden that would be
                  achieved by reducing the number of different regulatory
                  regimes they are required to operate under.


                . From the consumer advocates' perspective, this support was
                  driven by the better protections and efficiencies a
                  consistent nation wide regime offers.


   564. Most submissions supported the enactment of the UCCC, including the
        outstanding projects, as Commonwealth legislation and identified
        ASIC as the appropriate regulator.


                . Licensing (with compulsory membership of EDR Schemes) and
                  disclosure requirements were seen as key features.  In
                  addition, several submissions highlighted the need for the
                  concept of responsible lending, and consideration of
                  capacity to repay requirements.


                . A common view was that putting lenders and brokers into
                  the FSR regime was inappropriate as selling and/or
                  providing credit was fundamentally different to providing
                  and/or advising on investments (Mortgage & Finance
                  Association Australia; Gadens lawyers; ABA).


                . Of the few submissions that suggested Chapter 7 of the
                  Corporations Act would be appropriate, most commented that
                  the existing requirements would require modification to
                  apply appropriately to credit products and providers (AXA
                  Asia Pacific).


                . Several submissions supported, or understood the need for,
                  staged implementation (Financial Services Ombudsman,
                  Financial Planning Association).


                . It was suggested that the implementation costs would be
                  minimised if the Commonwealth adopted the UCCC with
                  minimal changes (Legal Aid NSW and QLD and Australian
                  Finance Conference).


         Other consultations, reviews and regulation impact statements


   565. The Government has established an implementation taskforce
        consisting of officials from the Commonwealth Treasury, ASIC and
        the States and Territories in order to progress the COAG decisions
        in relation to consumer credit.


   566. The New South Wales Government has undertaken extensive
        consultation on the draft NSW National Finance Brokers Package.
        These consultations have identified consensus on a majority of
        provisions.  The Commonwealth Treasury will undertake further
        consultation on the disputed provisions.  (A decision-making RIS
        was given conditional clearance by the Office of Best Practice
        Regulation in 2006.)


   567. The New South Wales Government released a consultation RIS on
        responsible lending practices in relation to consumer credit cards
        on 22 August 2008.  Submissions are due by 3 October.


   568. A decision making RIS for fringe credit providers was approved by
        the Office of Best Practice Regulation in 2006.


   569. An inquiry in 2007 into home lending practices and procedures by
        the House of Representatives Standing Committee on Economics,
        Finance and Public Administration recognised the importance of
        consistently regulating non-bank lenders and mortgage brokers by
        recommending that the Commonwealth take over the regulation of
        credit including the regulation of mortgages.  The Committee
        suggested that credit be included in the definition of a financial
        product for the purposes of the Corporations Act.


   570. The Productivity Commission released its final report on
        Australia's Consumer Policy Framework (including regulation of
        consumer credit) on 8 May 2008.  It recommended that the
        Commonwealth take over the regulation of credit and develop generic
        consumer law.


   571. KPMG Consulting undertook consultation and released a report NCP
        Review of the Consumer Credit Code in December 2000, which has been
        the catalyst for the proposed amendments to the default notices and
        vendor terms provisions.


Margin loans


   572. Some 20 submissions in relation to margin loans were received in
        response to the Green Paper.


   573. There was general support for the inclusion of margin loans as a
        financial product in Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act (Grant
        Thornton, Australasian Compliance Institute, Financial Planning
        Association, Australian Financial Counselling & Credit Reform
        Association Incorporated, Australian Institute of Credit
        Management).


   574. It was noted that introducing a new specific regime (as opposed to
        extending Chapter 7) would be costly for both government and
        participants, would add further regulation to a system that already
        suffers from inefficient regulatory overlap and increase the risk
        of future inconsistency (Macquarie Bank, National Australia Bank,
        Australasian Compliance Institute, ANZ).


   575. Some submissions called for further research and analysis before
        any action was taken and cautioned against a 'knee jerk' reaction
        to recent failures such as Opes Prime and Lift Capital, which
        involved products not sold by the majority of the industry
        (Australian Bankers Association, Securities and Derivatives
        Industry Association, Investment and Financial Services Association
        Ltd).


Recommended option and conclusion


   576. Cabinet is asked to agree to the two-staged implementation plan as
        described below, subject to the outcomes of a detailed consultation
        process.


         Implementation Plan


 [pic]


         [pic]


   577. The recommended approach achieves synergies with existing regimes
        (UCCC and FSR) thus reducing the regulatory burden as much as
        possible while at the same time achieving the Government's
        objectives.



Implementation and review


   578. The phased approach proposed for development and implementation of
        the consumer credit regulatory framework (as described in the
        diagram above) will be subject to detailed consultation with
        relevant stakeholders.  Consultation will be undertaken on the
        planned implementation process and throughout the development of
        draft legislation and could include:


                . officials from State and Territory Governments and ASIC;


                . a special group of key industry experts and consumer
                  advocates; and


                . wider community consultation on draft legislation and
                  specific areas such as the draft Finance Brokers Bill.


   579. In addition, this RIS will be updated to assess the impacts and
        analyse the costs and benefits of the proposed preferred design of
        the various features.








Chapter 7
Regulation impact statement - Commonwealth regulation of trustee companies

Problem


Background


         Existing meaning of 'trustee company'


    580. Prior to the passage of Commonwealth legislation to authorise
         trustee companies, a trustee company could be defined as a company
         which:


                . is registered under the Corporations Act 2001
                  (Corporations Act);


                . is authorised under one or more of the State and Territory
                  Trustee Companies Acts; and


                . undertakes two broad types of work:


                  - personal trustee and deceased estate administration work
                    ('traditional activities');


                  - broader financial services, such as funds management and
                    acting as responsible entities of managed investment
                    schemes.


         The first of these areas of work is the focus of this regulation
         impact statement (RIS).


         Overview of trustee companies industry


    581. In the past, only a natural person could undertake the duties of a
         personal trustee in the sense of executor or administrator under a
         will (known as acting as a 'personal trustee'), owing to the
         fiduciary responsibilities of trustees for the trust assets and
         their personal liability in the event of any default.  Moreover, it
         was generally not possible to establish a long term trust, such as
         a charitable trust.


    582. To rectify this situation, the States and Territories passed
         legislation permitting private trustee companies to enter the
         market for personal trustee and estate administration work.  At
         about the same time, the States and Territories also legislated to
         facilitate the establishment of long term and perpetual trusts,
         such as charitable trusts.  They also created government-controlled
         Public Trustees ('public trust offices').


    583. A trustee company that is authorised under one of the
         State/Territory Acts is typically regulated if it undertakes one or
         more of the following activities:


         (a) Applies for probate, and/or acts as an executor or as
         administrator, of a deceased estate


    584. Probate is a certificate granted by the Probate Division of the
         Supreme Court in each State and Territory that the will of a
         deceased person has been proved as valid and registered and that
         authority to administer the deceased estate has been granted to the
         executor providing or propounding the will.


    585. An executor/administrator is the person nominated by a deceased
         person in their will to administer their estate upon their death.
         Trustee companies are able to act as executor of a deceased's
         estate when the time comes or arrange for the transfer of
         responsibilities, where an individual is nominated in a will as the
         estate executor and does not wish to take on the legal
         responsibilities entailed.


    586. Non-authorised corporations are excluded from the market for the
         provision of trustee and executor services.


         (b) Acts as trustee of a trust estate


    587. Trusts can be set up for many purposes.  For example, a settlor or
         testator can transfer property to a trustee to be held in trust for
         one or more beneficiaries.  This can be useful, particularly when
         the beneficiaries are minors or unable to handle their own
         finances.  Another example is the charitable trust or foundation,
         which may be established to help relieve poverty or advance
         educational, medical or religious purposes.


         (c) Operates a common fund


    588. Under the general law, trustees cannot mix the funds from two or
         more trusts.  The State and Territory Acts override this
         restriction by allowing trustee companies to invest funds from more
         than one trust in a 'common fund', to enable the efficient pooling
         and investment of moneys from estates and trusts.  In most States,
         external moneys may be accepted for investment into common funds -
         in such cases, the trustee companies must comply with the managed
         investment scheme provisions of the Corporations Act.


         (d) Acts under a power of attorney


    589. Under a power of attorney, a trustee company has authority to act
         for a person in relation to that person's legal or financial
         affairs.


         (e) Other functions


    590. Trustee companies also exercise other functions under State and
         Territory legislation.  For example, a trustee company can act as a
         guardian for a minor or a disabled person.  A guardian has legal
         custody of another person and his or her property when that person
         is unable to manage his or her own affairs.


    591. Solicitors, accountants, financial advisers and Public Trustees are
         now the main competitors of private trustee companies in the market
         for 'traditional' services.


         Broader financial services


    592. Trustee companies have since expanded their activities into most
         areas of wealth creation, management and transfer.  They now offer
         a range of financial services, including as the administrator for
         superannuation funds, as trustee for debenture and note issues and
         as the Responsible Entity for managed funds.


         Market characteristics


    593. The trustee company industry is relatively small with approximately
         ten licensed private trustee companies.  The majority of these
         trustee companies are licensed and have operations in multiple
         jurisdictions.  Some of the smaller markets and jurisdictions only
         have one licensed private trustee company providing these services.
          In some of the larger markets, such as New South Wales, Victoria
         and Queensland, there are seven to eight licensed trustee companies
         operating.


    594. With the exception of one licensed trustee company - Plan B
         Trustees Limited (Plan B), based in Western Australia - all of the
         trustee companies and public trust offices are members of a single
         industry body, the Trustee Corporations Association of Australia
         (TCA).


    595. According to TCA data for 2007, private trustee companies
         (excluding Plan B) have approximately $510 billion of assets under
         management.  In aggregate, Public Trustees account for
         approximately $13 billion of the assets under management and a
         large proportion of these assets are under management in personal
         trusts.  TCA member trustee companies and State Trustees Ltd manage
         approximately $20 billion of assets in personal trusts.


    596. The bulk of trustee companies business is in the field of
         investment products.  TCA member trustee companies and State
         Trustees Ltd have approximately $21 billion in assets under
         management in superannuation funds and $403 billion of assets under
         management in corporate activities, such as managed funds,
         securitisation programs and debenture and note issues[4].  Based on
         these figures, in aggregate, personal trust business represents
         approximately 4 per cent of TCA member trustee companies'
         business[5].  The industry generally refers to this part of their
         business as 'traditional activities'.


         Current regulation of trustee companies


    597. Trustee companies are currently required to be licensed and
         regulated under separate legislation in each State and Territory[6]
         in which they operate.  Corporations are unable to operate in a
         jurisdiction until the respective piece of legislation has been
         amended to include their business name as a trustee company under
         the relevant Act.


    598. Commonwealth legislation will replace State and Territory
         legislation which:


                . authorise or license companies to provide traditional
                  trustee company services generally (as opposed to laws
                  that authorise or license companies to provide a
                  particular traditional trustee company service);


                . regulate the fees that may be charged by companies for the
                  provision of traditional trustee company services, and the
                  disclosure of those fees;


                . deal with the provision of accounts by companies in
                  relation to traditional trustee company services that they
                  provide;


                . deal with the duties of officers or employees of companies
                  that provide traditional trustee company services, in
                  their capacity as officers or employees of those
                  companies;


                . regulate the voting power that people may hold in
                  companies that provide traditional trustee company
                  services, or that otherwise impose restrictions on the
                  ownership or control of companies that provide traditional
                  trustee company services;


                . deal with what happens to assets and liabilities held by a
                  company, in connection with the provision by the company
                  of traditional trustee company services, if the company
                  ceases to be licensed or authorised to provide such
                  services.  (There is an exception for complementary State
                  and Territory laws that are needed to give effect to
                  compulsory transfer determinations.)


    599. The broader law relating to the obligations on trusts and trustees
         in each State and Territory[7] will not be part of the proposed
         changes; however, those Acts may require amendment where necessary.




         Other current regulation of trustee companies (outside of scope)


    600. Where trustee companies engage in other activities, such as acting
         as a superannuation trustee, acting as a Responsible Entity for
         managed funds, providing a custodial or depository service, or
         acting as a trustee for debenture holders, they must comply with
         Commonwealth legislation, including the Superannuation Industry
         (Supervision) Act 1993, the Managed Investments Act 1998 and the
         Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act).  These Acts regulate the
         activity being undertaken rather than the entity.


    601. In order to undertake funds management activities, all of the
         private trustee companies hold Australian financial services
         licences (AFSLs).  As a result, they are familiar with Australian
         Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) regulation and the
         requirements of an AFSL.  Equally, those trustee companies that act
         as superannuation trustees are Registrable Superannuation Entity
         licensees (RSEs) are familiar with Australian Prudential Regulation
         Authority (APRA) regulation - however, four[8] trustee companies
         are not RSE licensees.


    602. In addition to being subject to the respective trustee companies'
         legislation, trustee companies are subject to other State and
         Territory legislation when undertaking 'traditional activities'.
         For example, each State and Territory has a Trustee Act as well as
         legislation regarding wills, administration and probate.  These
         legislative instruments, and associated common law, regulate
         particular activities and, as such, solicitors, accountants,
         financial advisers and trustee companies are subject to the
         requirements therein alike in providing such services.


    603. Public trustees are subject to separate public trustee legislation
         in each of the jurisdictions rather than the legislation for
         private trustee companies.  Except for State Trustees Ltd, which is
         a corporate entity owned by the Victorian Government, most of the
         Public Trustees are directly responsible to a State or Territory
         Government Department, such as the Department of the Attorney
         General or the Department of Justice, in the jurisdiction in which
         they operate.  Since the Public Trustees are owned and operated by
         the respective State and Territory Governments, they do not have
         cross-border operations and nor do they have concerns about the
         compliance costs associated with seeking to operate nationally.
         That said, public trust offices that satisfy the criteria for
         licensing may opt to be bound by the legislation.


Regulatory need


    604. The relevant State and Territory Trustee companies Acts amount to
         around 300 pages.  This in itself is a significant burden.
         Moreover, the state Acts, as well as the common law relating to
         trusts, act to restrict competitive pressure and market discipline
         in the estate administration and trust management industry,
         particularly after the will or trust comes into effect.  This
         market imperfection is the result of the trustee being appointed by
         someone other than the person(s) for whose benefit the assets will
         be managed by the trustee and the inability of the beneficiary to
         switch trustees, short of applying to the Supreme Court in cases of
         fraudulent conduct or administrative incompetence.


    605. The beneficiary often has no contact with the trustee company prior
         to the will or trust coming into effect and after it does become
         operational, the beneficiary is generally unable to affect a change
         of the trustee company.  While the main duty of a trustee is to
         administer the estate in accordance with the terms of the will or
         trust, regardless of the wishes of the beneficiary, once the will
         or trust comes into effect, it is the beneficiary that is
         ultimately interested in the proper and effective management of the
         estate.  It is the beneficiary that bears the loss in the event of
         the mismanagement of the estate.


    606. The Supreme Court is the only avenue of recourse for beneficiaries
         with concerns regarding the management of the trust or estate.  In
         situations where the beneficiary has concerns relating to gross
         mismanagement or fraud, the Supreme Court can order that the trust
         assets be transferred to another trustee company.  Court action is
         very costly and time consuming.  Beneficiaries do not have access
         to alternative and more cost effective and timely dispute
         mechanisms.


    607. Beneficiaries are exposed to significant costs/losses in the event
         that assets held on trust are inadequately managed by the trustee
         company.  This concern is exacerbated by the ability of trustee
         companies to pool trust assets in common funds.  Consumers are
         unlikely to be able to access the information on which to make
         informed decisions on how to manage this risk on their own.  This
         applies to consumers when selecting a trustee company and it is
         also relevant to beneficiaries who have a legitimate interest in
         mitigating the risk of inadequate management of the assets held on
         trust for their benefit.


    608. Generally, trustee companies consider testators/settlors to be
         their primary clients and only regard beneficiaries as (at best)
         'secondary' clients.  As a result, beneficiaries often are unable
         to access information on the terms agreed to by the
         testator/settlor.  The inability of beneficiaries to readily switch
         trustees means that they cannot easily act on information about the
         management of the trust or estate.  Beneficiaries should have
         access to sufficient information to be able to monitor the
         performance of the assets under management and the trustee company
         more generally.  At a minimum, beneficiaries, or persons with a
         proper interest in the estate acting on their behalf, should be
         able to assess the performance of the trustee company in relation
         to the terms set out in the trust deed and to detect fraud or
         serious instances of administrative incompetence.


    609. It is more difficult to ascertain the quality and service that will
         be provided by a trustee company rather than an individual because
         the personnel may change over time and it is unlikely to be clear
         which individuals will be performing the service or their level of
         expertise.  This makes the procedures and risk management practices
         of the corporation itself important.


    610. Trustee companies (private or public) are the only providers of
         estate management and personal trust services that can offer these
         services in perpetuity and, as such, may be viewed by individuals
         as having special expertise and reliability in undertaking personal
         trust and estate activity.


    611. Government intervention or measures in addition to those directed
         at promoting competition are necessary to ensure adequate client
         protection for 'vulnerable' beneficiaries, such as the disabled,
         mentally impaired, elderly and minors, who may not have the
         capacity to adequately monitor their trustee's performance even if
         they were provided with the information to do so.


    612. The prevalence of estate mismanagement and the extent of any
         resulting loss are currently not able to be quantified accurately
         due to the difficulty and expense of beneficiaries making a
         complaint.  However, the concept of alternative dispute resolution
         is accepted by the majority of industry submissions on the Green
         Paper on Financial Services and Credit Reform (July 2008):


                . The TCA's submission stated that trustee companies are
                  subject to a relatively low number of legitimate customer
                  complaints, and that many complaints prove to be simply
                  disputes between beneficiaries.  Nonetheless the
                  submission put forward a model for an appropriate external
                  dispute resolution scheme (which would preserve the right
                  to take a matter to the relevant Supreme Court).


                . Sandhurst Trustees' submission assumed the creation of a
                  dispute resolution process, arguing that the trustee
                  company needs to protect its reputation (including the
                  right to take a matter to court) and should have the right
                  to raise a matter directly with the dispute resolution
                  body.


                . ANZ Trustees' and Equity Trustees Limited's submissions
                  supported alternative dispute resolution.


                . Tasmanian Perpetual Trustees Limited (TPTL) submitted that
                  there is no evidence of any systemic problems concerning
                  the manner in which their traditional trustee business is
                  being managed.  However, TPTL has in place a form of
                  internal dispute resolution, and it submits that any
                  dispute which could not be resolved internally be required
                  to be submitted to alternative dispute resolution.


                . Perpetual Limited submitted that the dispute resolution
                  process should mirror the current Corporations Act regime.




                . Suncorp-Metway Ltd said: 'We agree that a more cost
                  effective and timely External Dispute Resolution (EDR)
                  mechanism for beneficiaries is necessary for personal
                  trust assets. However, we would encourage this industry
                  leveraging the existing EDR models under the newly
                  converged Financial Ombudsman Schemes (FOS) rather than
                  creating a new model.'


                . Trust Company Limited said: 'there is no better dispute
                  resolution system than that offered by the Supreme
                  Courts.'


                . Plan B agreed that consideration needs to be given to a
                  suitable dispute resolution mechanism, which they believe
                  should apply to all providers of trustee services.


    613. Set out below is a table showing the number of complaints about
         members received by the TCA over the period 1995 to 2008.  The
         figures cover matters that were deemed to be more than
         clarification of a trustee's role, such as a client unhappy with
         the trustee's service in terms of choice of investments, time taken
         to finalise administration of a deceased estate, or fees charged.


             Table 1.1:  Complaints received by TCA Secretariat

|Year        |Number      |Year        |Number      |
|1995        |4           |2002        |8           |
|1996        |14          |2003        |8           |
|1997        |4           |2004        |6           |
|1998        |7           |2005        |2           |
|1999        |10          |2006        |1           |
|2000        |7           |2007        |3           |
|2001        |7           |2008        |4           |


         This does not include complaints that may have been made directly
         to a member of the relevant Attorney-General's Department/Consumer
         Affairs Office, or the subject of an approach to the relevant
         Supreme Court.


    614. Notwithstanding the seemingly low number of complaints,
         'traditional' trustee services are often provided to the most
         vulnerable of people (who in many cases would have difficulty
         asserting their rights), so it is conceivable that problems could
         be under-reported.  Also, internal and external dispute resolution
         mechanisms are a common feature of financial products and services
         regulation under the Corporations Act.


    615. The other main source of market failure in the financial system
         that normally warrants regulatory intervention is systemic risk.
         In relation to the management of trust and estate assets by trustee
         companies, as trustee companies are not part of the payments system
         and do not generally provide capital guaranteed funds or hold trust
         assets on their balance sheets, the level of systemic risk is very
         low.  It is extremely unlikely that the failure of a trustee
         company would have any significant flow-on or contagion effects on
         the rest of the financial system or to the real economy more
         broadly.


    616. The incidence of the failure of trustee companies is quite low.
         Since the early 1980s, only Trustees and Executors Agency Co Ltd
         (1983), and Burns Philip Trustee Company Ltd and its subsidiaries
         (1990-94) have been placed in liquidation.


    617. One of the main outcomes of the Financial System Inquiry (Wallis
         Inquiry), which reported to the then Government in March 1997, was
         the broad acceptance of the importance of balancing financial
         safety regulation against efficiency and the importance of the
         level of intensity of financial regulation being in proportion to
         the risk of failure.


Current regulatory problem


    618. Over the last decade, trustee companies have made a number of
         representations to all levels of government in relation to
         addressing the regulatory burden associated with the
         inconsistencies and duplicate licensing and reporting requirements
         in the State and Territory based regulatory framework.  The
         variation in regulatory obligations imposed by the State and
         Territory governments can be seen in Table 1.1.


    619. The Council of Australian Governments (COAG) agreed in July 2008,
         that the Commonwealth will assume responsibility for regulation of
         trustee companies.  The scope of this RIS is to consider the
         options for a Commonwealth regulatory framework at an entity level.
          As noted previously, it is not within the scope of this RIS to
         consider other State, Territory or Commonwealth laws that apply to
         the various activities undertaken by trustee companies.  The RIS
         considers the appropriate form and intensity of regulation required
         to achieve the objectives.


    620. Business compliance costs and barriers to market entry are
         considered higher under the State and Territory based legislation
         than what is necessary to address the market failures.  Overly
         prescriptive regulation on certain aspects of trustee companies
         operations in the State and Territory legislation were designed to
         address some of the market failures and to protect vulnerable
         consumers.  These regulations cover: the ownership of trustee
         companies; fees (in most states there are fee caps); common funds;
         capital requirements; professional indemnity insurance; and
         directors' personal liability.  The level and type of these
         restrictions varies between States and Territories.  In some
         instances the law imposes quite restrictive rules, particularly in
         relation to prescribing fees and common fund operations.  The
         current level of regulatory burden is not appropriately matched to
         the level of risk involved.


    621. A key issue identified is that the current State and Territory
         licensing requirements restrict trustee companies from operating
         across borders.  The need to obtain a licence in each individual
         State and Territory combined with the lack of transparency and
         consistency in licensing requirements creates barriers to entry and
         restricts competition in the marketplace.  In addition, the State
         and Territory based licensing requirements create cost burdens for
         corporations that operate in more than one jurisdiction.  These
         costs not only include the initial costs associated with obtaining
         licences in each jurisdiction that they wish to operate in, but
         also the ongoing compliance costs of meeting differing
         requirements, including reporting requirements, in different
         jurisdictions.


    622. The current legislation is relatively antiquated and not consistent
         with other more modern financial sector regulation that was
         implemented on the basis of the Wallis Inquiry.  The State and
         Territory based regulatory requirements are not nationally
         consistent and have a high level of prescription, which creates
         compliance and efficiency costs.  Additionally, unlike licensing
         decisions made under Commonwealth licensing systems, the licensing
         arrangements for trustee companies involve political decision
         making rather than objective criteria.  Additionally, in most
         jurisdictions the licensing decisions are not subject to
         administrative review.  One industry participant has made a number
         of representations in relation to concerns about the restrictive
         nature and lack of transparency in the licensing process.


    623. There are also concerns about the need for a more cost effective
         and timely alternative dispute resolution mechanism for
         beneficiaries to enhance the protections available for the trust
         assets.


    624. There is some concern about the adequacy of current supervisory
         arrangements for trustee companies given the limited resourcing and
         expertise available for supervision in the individual
         jurisdictions.  This is largely the result of a combination of
         factors, such as the small number of trustee companies in some the
         jurisdictions[9] and the States and Territories referral of power
         for prudential regulation and client and investor protection to the
         Commonwealth in 1999.  A single supervisor is expected to exploit
         economies of scale, reduce duplication, and over time, build up a
         greater level of expertise.  This would increase the effectiveness
         and efficiency of supervision of trustee companies.


Objectives of Government action


    625. Six objectives have been identified for a Commonwealth regulatory
         framework to address the problems identified earlier.  Options for
         reform will be evaluated against these objectives in the next
         section. The objectives are:


                . Objective 1 - Enable approved corporations to operate as
                  trustee companies and license them under Chapter 7 of the
                  Corporations Act;


                . Objective 2 - Ensure effective management and safeguarding
                  of trust assets;


                . Objective 3 - Ensure appropriate disclosure to clients
                  about the type of services and products being offered by
                  the trustee company;


                . Objective 4 - Provide for lower cost dispute resolution,
                  to enable beneficiaries to address issues of
                  underperformance or incompetence and/or replace an
                  underperforming trustee in a cost effective way, in cases
                  where alternative dispute resolution is a viable
                  alternative to the courts;


                . Objective 5 - Modernise the regulation of trustee
                  companies and have any regulation apply on a national
                  basis in accordance with Recommendation 90 of the Wallis
                  Review and the Government's policy regarding reducing
                  regulatory burden more broadly; and


                . Objective 6 - Facilitate a competitive national market for
                  trustee companies through:


                  - reducing barriers to competition and competitive
                    neutrality issues;


                  - reducing business compliance costs and improve
                    efficiency of operations; and


                  - promoting efficient pricing of services provided by
                    trustee companies.


Options that may achieve objectives(s)


    626. Three options have been identified which would address the
         objectives of a Commonwealth regulatory framework:


                . Option 1:  Status quo - no additional Commonwealth
                  regulation;


                . Option 2:  Consumer protection and disclosure regulation
                  with supervision by ASIC; and


                . Option 3:  Prudential regulation with supervision by APRA.


    627. Under each option, consideration is given to whether that option
         addresses the identified market failures and meets the above
         objectives.


    628. In examining the options, it was considered important to take
         account of the rationale for how financial services are regulated
         to ensure that the level and type of regulation recommended not
         only addresses the market failures identified, but is balanced
         against efficiency considerations and is consistent with the
         broader approach to financial sector regulation in Australia.


Option 1:  Status Quo


    629. Trustee companies will remain able to act as trustees, executors
         and administrators under State and Territory laws, with powers and
         duties similar to those of natural persons.


    630. Trustee companies will not be under any regulatory obligation to
         disclose information about the potential performance of any
         investment of funds under the trust.  However, this type of
         disclosure may occur through the discussions between the testator
         and trustee company at the time of creation of the trust
         instrument.


    631. This option would fail to deliver on the COAG commitment and would
         not assist beneficiaries to address issues of underperformance or
         incompetence and/or replace an underperforming trustee in a cost
         effective way.  Beneficiaries will retain the ability to remove
         trustees where there is gross mismanagement or fraud in relation to
         trust assets.  There will be no provision for lower cost dispute
         resolution to enable beneficiaries to address issues of
         underperformance or incompetence and/or replace an underperforming
         trustee in a cost effective way.


    632. This option will retain the stratified State and Territory based
         regulatory system and will fail to address the current regulatory
         burden faced by trustee companies wishing to operate across more
         than one jurisdiction.  Business will continue to report to each
         State and Territory body in which it operates, as well as ASIC
         under the corporation's AFSL obligations and APRA if the
         corporation is an RSE licensee.  It will also retain regulation
         that is unnecessarily burdensome on a potential new entrant for
         addressing the market failures and risks identified.


    633. Potential new entrants will only be allowed entry into the market
         if they can gain acceptance from the relevant minister in each
         jurisdiction.  Trustee companies are only able to undertake
         traditional activities in a State or Territory where the name of
         that corporation has been added to the relevant trustee company
         act.  The relevant jurisdiction may provide guidelines which the
         Government will use to determine the application for entry; however
         where these guidelines are available they may be highly subjective
         and open to political considerations.  These barriers to entry will
         remain high.


    634. This option will not address Objective 6, as it will not provide
         for a reduction in business compliance costs and will not improve
         the efficiency of the market operators.  The fees and charges caps
         will continue to apply in most jurisdictions, as will: personal
         director's liability; restrictions on ownership; requirements on a
         certain number of directors to reside within the jurisdiction; and
         opening hours will continue to be regulated in the Northern
         Territory.  Furthermore, it will fail to address Objective 4 as it
         will not allow for easier removal of trustees in cases of poor
         trustee performance.  It will therefore fail to facilitate a more
         competitive market.


Option 2:  Consumer protection and disclosure regulation with supervision
by ASIC


    635. In the Commonwealth regulatory framework, consumer protection and
         disclosure regulation is implemented by the ASIC.  Consumer
         protection and disclosure regulation implemented by ASIC is aimed
         at protecting the interests of consumers of a wide range of
         financial services and products.  It seeks to ensure that the
         activities of financial service providers are subject to scrutiny
         and accountability to the regulator for the purpose of consumer
         protection.


    636. Under this option, the States and Territories would repeal their
         Trustee Companies Acts.   The Commonwealth has the power to
         regulate trustee companies at an entity level, for the purposes of
         licensing and ongoing supervision, under various powers, including
         section 51 (xx), of the Constitution.  Under this option, there are
         two different approaches that could be taken to regulate trustee
         companies under the Corporations Act.  The Corporations Act could
         be amended to provide for:


             . A stand alone chapter for entity level regulation of trustee
               companies and a licensing mechanism; or


             . A separate chapter for entity level regulation of trustee
               companies with the licensing mechanism linked to the AFSL
               regime and the integration of the provision of estate
               administration and personal trustee management services by
               trustee companies into the financial services regime
               (Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act).  This would involve
               defining the provision of these services as the provision of
               a financial service.


    637. Under both options, a chapter conceptually similar to Chapter 5C
         (Managed investment schemes) could be added to the Corporations Act
         for the entity level regulation for trustee companies.  This
         chapter could be included as 'Chapter 5D Trustee Companies'.


    638. Some of the means that would be used in a client protection regime
         in order to address Objective 2 of ensuring effective management
         and safeguarding of trust assets are:


                . the requirement that a trustee company be a public company
                  or a wholly owned subsidiary of a public company;


                . the requirement that the corporation holds an AFSL that
                  covers the provision of traditional trustee company
                  services - ASIC monitors applications for licences,
                  enforces licence conditions and varies, suspends or
                  cancels licences;


                . provisions that allow trustee companies to pool the money
                  from different estates in common funds.  These provisions
                  will also allow external investment into the common funds,
                  but where there is external investment the trustee company
                  will have to comply with Chapter 5C of the Corporations
                  Act.  The provisions on common funds will set out a number
                  of general rules for the operation of common funds;


                . provisions setting out restrictions to the fees and
                  charges that can be charged by trustee companies in
                  relation to the provision of personal trust and estate
                  administration services.  The provisions on fees may also
                  include requirements relating to whether the fees can be
                  taken from capital or income, or a combination of the two;




                . in relation to charitable trusts, 'grandfathering' of fees
                  charged to existing clients, and capping of fees charged
                  to new clients, with a review of these arrangements after
                  two years;


                . deregulation of the fees charged to all other trusts and
                  estates, subject to a requirement that the company's fee
                  schedule be disclosed on the Internet and a requirement
                  that corporations charge no more than the fees specified
                  in their published fee schedule at the time they begin
                  administration;


                . appropriate disclosure obligations, including provision
                  for electronic disclosure;


                . a 15 per cent limit on any one person (and associates)
                  holding voting shares in a trustee company, combined with
                  a compulsory divestment regime to deal with breaches, and
                  a provision allowing Ministerial consent for share
                  acquisitions in trustee companies above the threshold;


                . alignment of directors' and employees' liability with the
                  Corporations Act;


                . requirements for adequate financial resources;


                . requirements for a specified level of professional
                  indemnity insurance to support compensation arrangements
                  for the clients of trustee companies;


                . winding up provisions;


                . reporting obligations;


                . enforcement powers and ability to revoke the licence;


                . internal and external dispute resolution provisions, and


                . repeal of overlapping/inconsistent State/Territory laws.


    639. The 'traditional' operations of trustee companies are likely to be
         new ground for ASIC.  Although some pre-existing expertise will be
         relevant, significant effort would be required in terms of both
         developing the regulator's expertise and the standards that they
         would administer.


    640. The client protection regime discussed above would directly address
         Objective 2 as it would ensure there are protection arrangements in
         place aimed at reducing the risk of inadequate management by the
         trustee company.  It will address Objective 3 through ensuring
         there is adequate disclosure of information by the trustee company
         to the testator/settlor (and beneficiary where appropriate) in
         order to understand the service being offered by the corporation.


    641. Unlike a prudential regime, a client protection regime is directly
         focused on the protection of assets held on trust for the
         beneficiary and hence more directly addresses the market failures
         identified.  Because it is not specifically focused on the
         corporate health of the entity itself (except to the extent that it
         impacts on the management of off-balance sheet trust assets) it
         does not specifically seek to prevent the failure of the trustee
         company itself.  In the event of a failure of a trustee company,
         common law, trust law and the relevant State or Territory Supreme
         Court would provide for the protection of trust assets and the
         mechanism for the transfer of the trust assets to another trustee.


    642. In relation to Objective 4, it is proposed that clients would have
         access to an alternative dispute resolution mechanism.  This could
         be an existing scheme such as the Financial Ombudsman Service or
         alternatively, a new industry-funded alternative dispute resolution
         body could be established.


    643. This option would also provide for the authorisation of trustee
         companies (Objective 1), as well as being consistent with the
         Wallis recommendation referred to in Objective 5.


    644. In relation to Objective 5, it is clear that any form of
         Commonwealth legislation would create a national market by creating
         a single approval and supervisory regime and eliminate unnecessary
         compliance costs and barriers to competition caused by duplication
         or inconsistencies in the State and Territory based requirements.


Option 3:  Prudential regulation with supervision by the Australian
Prudential Regulation Authority


    645. In the Commonwealth regulatory framework, prudential regulation is
         implemented by APRA.  Prudential regulation is generally aimed at
         protecting the prudential health of systemically important
         financial institutions, primarily for the maintenance of system
         stability.  Prudential regulation is applied to a narrow range of
         financial institutions, whereas consumer protection regulation is
         aimed at protecting the interest of consumers in relation to the
         activities of financial service providers.  Prudential regulation
         is a significant intervention into a market and implies a
         regulatory intensity significantly greater than that under the
         status quo or of client protection regulation.


    646. Under this option, the Commonwealth would implement legislation
         along the lines of a 'trustee companies prudential supervision act'
         to provide for licensing arrangements and ongoing prudential
         supervision by APRA.  The Commonwealth would also need to amend
         legislation for the purpose of levying trustee companies to fund
         the cost of supervision.  The levy would be based on the asset
         pools managed by trustee companies, similar to the way in which
         levies are applied to other prudentially regulated entities.


    647. Under a prudential regime, it would be the role of APRA to put in
         place appropriate prudential standards under the legislative
         framework.  APRA's standards would likely cover the following:


                . fit and proper requirements for directors and senior
                  management;


                . risk management systems;


                . outsourcing;


                . adequacy of resources; and


                . capital requirements - net tangible assets.


    648. It is worth noting that the development of a prudential regime for
         trustee companies would take significant time and resources to set
         up since there has not previously been prudential oversight of
         trustee companies (at either the State or Commonwealth levels of
         government) and APRA does not have experience in the non-financial
         operations of trustee companies.


    649. A prudential regulatory regime would aim to address Objective 2 by
         providing for third party oversight (for example, auditor
         oversight) of the management processes of trustee companies.  A
         prudential regime would not focus on empowering clients to enforce
         their rights in the same way that a client protection regime would.
          APRA would not be involved in the day-to-day interactions of
         trustee companies and their clients and would not undertake the
         role of dealing with consumer complaints.


    650. Prudential regulation provides for intense oversight of the risk
         management systems and policies of the regulated entities.
         Standards under a prudential regime are generally more prescriptive
         and intrusive.  This oversight is more intense than in a client
         protection regime as it is directed at the health of the entity
         itself, as distinct from directly focusing on the entity's capacity
         and resources to effectively manage trust assets for beneficiaries.
          Similarly, licensing requirements of a prudential regime may be
         more intense than under a client protection regime.


    651. A key objective outlined for the regulation of trustee companies is
         that there are adequate protection arrangements in place regarding
         the quality of management of trust estates administered by trustee
         companies in order to protect the interests and assets of
         beneficiaries.  While prudential supervision would provide for
         relatively intense scrutiny of trustee companies, given its focus,
         it may not provide as many protections for beneficiaries and
         testators in relation to Objective 2 compared to a regime focused
         on client protection.


    652. Commonwealth legislation could authorise trustee companies as per
         Objective 1.  As noted above in relation to Objective 5, any form
         of Commonwealth legislation would create a national market and
         eliminate the unnecessary compliance costs and barriers to
         competition caused by duplication or inconsistencies in State and
         Territory based requirements.


    653. This option would address Objective 6, however in a less
         satisfactory manner than Option 2 as the compliance costs, barriers
         to competition and the competitive neutrality issues associated
         with prudential regulation would be significantly greater than for
         a client protection regime.  These costs are primarily associated
         with the increased regulatory intensity of a prudential regime.  In
         addition, trustee companies would also be expected to cover the
         costs associated with the role of the prudential regulator itself,
         which would be passed on to industry through levies.  Such costs
         would include a significant start-up cost for developing the
         prudential standards and significant ongoing costs.  Likewise,
         given there would continue to be licensing requirements, which are
         likely to be more difficult to satisfy than under a client
         protection regime, there would be some barriers to competition.
         However, improvements in the licensing processes compared to the
         existing systems, including improved transparency, are expected to
         provide reductions in other barriers to competition.


    654. The significant costs identified would need to be weighed against
         the benefits, which as already noted, may not match the benefits
         desired as effectively as a client protection regime.  It should
         also be noted that as lawyers and other individuals who offer
         personal trust services are not subject to prudential oversight,
         the imposition of significant compliance costs would have
         implications for competitive neutrality.  It has also been noted
         that most of trustee companies' business is now in the field of
         funds management rather than 'traditional activities'.  Since there
         is no prudential oversight of other Responsible Entities for
         managed funds, there would also be a significant competitive
         neutrality issues if trustee companies were prudentially regulated
         at an entity level.


    655. In regard to Objective 4, it has been noted that the Commonwealth
         prudential regulator does not handle disputes or have experience in
         dealing with client protection issues.  The dispute handling
         procedures proposed under Option 2 above (the use of an existing
         complaints scheme to hear all complaints or a new industry-funded
         body) could be put in place separate from the prudential regime.


    656. In relation to Objective 5, Commonwealth prudential legislation
         could provide for a modern, uniform national regime, in accordance
         with the Wallis Inquiry recommendation, which would remove some of
         the current administrative burdens.  However, a prudential regime
         may create other unnecessary burdens on business, which would not
         be consistent with best practice regulation in relation to
         minimising the regulatory burden.


         Table 1.2:  Comparison of current State and Territory regulatory
         obligations and Commonwealth proposals

|Regulatory|         |States   |States   |Consumer |Prudentia|
|Obligation|         |that     |that do  |Protectio|l        |
|s         |         |implement|not      |n        |regulatio|
|          |         |         |implement|Proposal |n        |
|          |         |         |         |         |proposal |
|Enabling  |Ability  |All      |         |Yes      |Yes      |
|provisions|to act as|         |         |         |         |
|          |trustee, |         |         |         |         |
|          |receiver,|         |         |         |         |
|          |attorney,|         |         |         |         |
|          |manager  |         |         |         |         |
|          |or       |         |         |         |         |
|          |guardian |         |         |         |         |
|          |of a     |         |         |         |         |
|          |trust    |         |         |         |         |
|          |Ability  |All      |         |Yes      |Yes      |
|          |to       |         |         |         |         |
|          |exercise |         |         |         |         |
|          |stipulate|         |         |         |         |
|          |d powers |         |         |         |         |
|          |in       |         |         |         |         |
|          |relation |         |         |         |         |
|          |to trust |         |         |         |         |
|          |property |         |         |         |         |
|          |Ability  |All      |         |Yes      |Yes      |
|          |to act as|         |         |         |         |
|          |executor |         |         |         |         |
|          |and apply|         |         |         |         |
|          |for and  |         |         |         |         |
|          |obtain   |         |         |         |         |
|          |probate  |         |         |         |         |
|          |of a will|         |         |         |         |
|Restrictio|Ownership|NSW; NT; |ACT; SA  |No       |No       |
|ns on     |restricti|TAS; VIC;|         |         |         |
|ownership |ons      |WA; QLD -|         |         |         |
|of trustee|         |different|         |         |         |
|companies |         |requireme|         |         |         |
|          |         |nts for  |         |         |         |
|          |         |each     |         |         |         |
|          |         |corporati|         |         |         |
|          |         |on       |         |         |         |
|          |Number of|NSW; NT  |ACT; SA; |No       |Yes -    |
|          |directors|         |WA; VIC; |         |highly   |
|          |required |         |QLD      |         |prescript|
|          |to live  |         |         |         |ive      |
|          |in       |         |         |         |         |
|          |jurisdict|         |         |         |         |
|          |ion/     |         |         |         |         |
|          |Australia|         |         |         |         |
|          |Competenc|Queenslan|ACT; NSW;|Yes -    |Yes -    |
|          |e of     |d -      |NT; SA;  |ongoing  |'fit and |
|          |Director |present  |TAS; VIC;|competenc|proper   |
|          |         |in       |WA       |y        |test',   |
|          |         |licensing|         |requireme|highly   |
|          |         |guideline|         |nts      |prescript|
|          |         |s        |         |         |ive and  |
|          |         |         |         |         |highly   |
|          |         |         |         |         |stringent|
|Caps for  |         |NSW; NT; |ACT; WA  |No       |No       |
|each      |         |QLD; SA; |         |         |         |
|different |         |TAS; VIC |         |         |         |
|fee and   |         |         |         |         |         |
|commission|         |         |         |         |         |
|Common    |When     |ACT; NSW;|QLD; SA; |Possible |No       |
|funds     |payment  |NT; WA   |TAS; VIC |         |         |
|          |of income|         |         |         |         |
|          |may be   |         |         |         |         |
|          |made     |         |         |         |         |
|          |Cap of   |ACT; NSW;|NT       |No       |No       |
|          |fee on   |QLD; SA; |         |         |         |
|          |capital  |TAS; VIC;|         |         |         |
|          |sums     |WA       |         |         |         |
|          |invested |         |         |         |         |
|          |in fund  |         |         |         |         |
|          |Disclosur|SA       |ACT; NSW;|Yes -    |No       |
|          |e        |         |NT; QLD; |more     |         |
|          |         |         |TAS; VIC;|comprehen|         |
|          |         |         |WA       |sive and |         |
|          |         |         |         |appropria|         |
|          |         |         |         |te       |         |
|Capital   |         |ACT; NSW;|SA; TAS; |Yes      |Yes      |
|requiremen|         |NT; QLD; |WA       |         |$5       |
|ts        |         |VIC -    |         |         |million  |
|          |         |'reserve |         |         |NTA,     |
|          |         |fund'    |         |         |on-site  |
|          |         |         |         |         |enforceme|
|          |         |         |         |         |nt by    |
|          |         |         |         |         |APRA     |
|          |Varying  |NSW; QLD;|ACT; NT  |No       |No       |
|          |capital  |         |(with    |         |         |
|          |obligatio|         |Ministeri|         |         |
|          |ns for   |         |al       |         |         |
|          |different|         |power);  |         |         |
|          |trustee  |         |VIC (a   |         |         |
|          |companies|         |prescribe|         |         |
|          |         |         |d        |         |         |
|          |         |         |percentag|         |         |
|          |         |         |e of     |         |         |
|          |         |         |trust    |         |         |
|          |         |         |funds    |         |         |
|          |         |         |under    |         |         |
|          |         |         |managemen|         |         |
|          |         |         |t)       |         |         |
|Profession|         |NSW; QLD |ACT; NT; |Yes      |Yes      |
|al        |         |         |SA; TAS; |         |         |
|indemnity |         |         |VIC; WA  |         |         |
|insurance |         |         |         |         |         |
|Directors |         |All      |         |No       |No       |
|personal  |         |         |         |         |         |
|liability |         |         |         |         |         |
|Licensing |Set      |NSW; QLD;|NT; TAS  |Yes      |Yes      |
|guidelines|guideline|SA; VIC; |         |         |         |
|for entry |s[10]    |WA       |         |         |         |
|into the  |         |         |         |         |         |
|market    |         |         |         |         |         |
|          |Approval |NSW; VIC |QLD; SA; |No       |No       |
|          |process  |         |WA       |         |         |
|          |provides |         |         |         |         |
|          |for      |         |         |         |         |
|          |matters  |         |         |         |         |
|          |outside  |         |         |         |         |
|          |the      |         |         |         |         |
|          |guideline|         |         |         |         |
|          |s        |         |         |         |         |
|Administra|         |         |All      |Yes - to |Yes      |
|tive      |         |         |         |the      |         |
|review    |         |         |         |Administr|         |
|available |         |         |         |ative    |         |
|          |         |         |         |Appeals  |         |
|          |         |         |         |Tribunal |         |
|Alternativ|         |         |All      |Yes      |No       |
|e to court|         |         |         |         |         |
|for       |         |         |         |         |         |
|dispute   |         |         |         |         |         |
|resolution|         |         |         |         |         |
|Reporting |Quarterly|ACT; VIC |         |         |         |
|requiremen|         |         |         |         |         |
|ts        |         |         |         |         |         |
|          |Biannuall|NSW; SA; |         |Yes -    |         |
|          |y        |WA       |         |Chapter  |         |
|          |         |         |         |2M       |         |
|          |         |         |         |obligatio|         |
|          |         |         |         |ns will  |         |
|          |         |         |         |apply    |         |
|          |Annually |QLD      |         |         |Yes      |
|          |Time to  |TAS      |         |         |         |
|          |time     |         |         |         |         |
|Appropriat|         |         |All -    |Yes      |No       |
|e         |         |         |common   |         |         |
|disclosure|         |         |law      |         |         |
|          |         |         |obligatio|         |         |
|          |         |         |ns       |         |         |
|Broad     |         |NSW; QLD;|NT; WA   |No       |No       |
|ministeria|         |ACT      |         |         |         |
|l         |         |SA, TAS &|         |         |         |
|discretion|         |VIC (re: |         |         |         |
|          |         |informati|         |         |         |
|          |         |on)      |         |         |         |
|Winding up|Restraine|ACT; NSW;|NT; SA   |Yes      |Yes      |
|of company|d by     |QLD; TAS;|         |         |         |
|or        |Supreme  |VIC; WA  |         |         |         |
|disposal  |Court    |         |         |         |         |
|of shares |         |         |         |         |         |
|Regulated |         |NT       |ACT; NSW;|No       |No       |
|hours of  |         |         |QLD; SA; |         |         |
|opening   |         |         |TAS; VIC;|         |         |
|          |         |         |WA       |         |         |
|No        |         |NT       |ACT; NSW;|No       |No       |
|advertisin|         |         |QLD; SA; |         |         |
|g of      |         |         |TAS; VIC;|         |         |
|ability to|         |         |WA       |         |         |
|act as    |         |         |         |         |         |
|executor  |         |         |         |         |         |
|or        |         |         |         |         |         |
|administra|         |         |         |         |         |
|tor       |         |         |         |         |         |


Impact analysis


    657. When considering the form of regulation that should be introduced
         by the Commonwealth, it is important to consider the compliance
         costs and implications for competitive neutrality.


    658. The change from State and Territory regulation to Commonwealth
         regulation will affect the private trustee companies that are
         currently licensed to operate in each State and Territory and State
         Trustees Limited, the Victorian public trustee (11 trustee
         companies in total).  Other groups that may be affected are
         settlors/testators and beneficiaries, including charities which are
         recipients for charitable trusts, and 'vulnerable' beneficiaries
         including the disabled, minors, family beneficiaries and mentally
         impaired people.  Competitors to trustee companies in the
         traditional business activities (public trustees, lawyers,
         accounting firms etc) also have the potential to be affected by
         these changes.  State and Territory governments and the
         Commonwealth regulator, either ASIC or APRA, will also be affected
         by these changes.


    659. The new compliance costs of either option needs to be compared
         against the compliance costs trustee companies currently face under
         Option I.  In October 2007, ANZ Trustees Limited provided
         compliance cost data to the Commonwealth Attorney-General's
         Department.  Under the existing State and Territory legislation,
         ANZ Trustees' compliance costs are $1,749,000 per annum.  They
         estimated that approximately 20 per cent of the compliance costs
         could be attributed to the differences in legislation and
         duplication of reporting requirements.  Therefore the move to
         Commonwealth regulation has the potential to save trustee companies
         approximately 20 per cent in compliance costs.


Option 1:  Status Quo


    660. The adoption of this option will obviously have the least impact on
         the market for estate administration and trust management.  As this
         option will not achieve a national licensing scheme, there will be
         no improvements in the licensing processes.


    661. The costs for Option 1 can be broken into three main elements:


                . start up/ transitional costs;


                . ongoing compliance costs; and


                . ongoing supervision costs.


         Start up/transitional costs


    662. The retention of the State and Territory entity level regulation of
         trustee companies will have no transitional cost implications for
         the market participants.  Trustee companies have developed their
         business models with the current regulatory framework in mind, and
         will be able to continue to function under this option.


    663. New market entrants in any jurisdiction will continue to face high
         start up costs due to the subjective nature of the stated
         authorisation guidelines (if any) which take into account political
         considerations.  The lack of transparency around this process
         ensures high costs to potential entrants who are unable to
         effectively determine if they may be licensed or not.


    664. Each separate State and Territory government will retain the power,
         and commensurate cost liability, for the licensing of new market
         entrants.  The South Australian Office of Consumer and Business
         Affairs have quantified the cost for the licensing process for each
         new application for entry at between $7,000 and $10,000.


         Ongoing compliance costs


    665. Trustee companies that maintain a market presence in more than one
         jurisdiction/market will continue to face high compliance costs
         attributable to the differences in legislation and duplication of
         reporting requirements.  As stated above, ANZ Trustees have
         estimated that approximately 20 per cent of its $1.749 million
         compliance costs could be attributed to these differences.


         Ongoing supervision costs


    666. Each separate State and Territory will continue to incur negligible
         costs for the regulation of these corporations.  Ongoing regulatory
         oversight by the States and Territories consists of the review of
         the submitted quarterly, biannual or annual reports.  The cost of
         this has been quantified as one policy officer working on these
         issues for one day per annum.  This task has been outsourced by the
         New South Wales government to a consultant with the cost charged
         back to the trustee company.  The Western Australian government
         charges a fee to the trustee companies in its jurisdiction that
         cover any cost of supervision.


         Benefits for trustee companies


    667. This option will have no transitional costs for market participants
         in contrast to the alternative options.  Trustee companies will
         retain their current level of market power in each separate market,
         as the high barriers to entry will remain.  Current market
         participants will continue to be subject to a low level of ongoing
         regulatory scrutiny.


    668. Affected parties will retain the option of action against a trustee
         company where there is fraud or gross mismanagement of trust
         assets.  However, affected parties will remain devoid of
         alternatives to the Supreme Court where the trustee is performing
         poorly, though not fraudulently.



         Benefits for consumers


    669. In jurisdictions other than Western Australia and the Australian
         Capital Territory, the fees able to be charged by trustee companies
         will continue to be capped.  This will provide a default position
         that will provide a level of certainty to consumers at risk of
         being more severely overcharged for these services.  However, it
         should be noted that consumers in all jurisdictions are able to
         negotiate for either higher or lower fees than the capped amount.
         The default benefit that a fee cap provides to consumers is
         expected to be of less value than the deregulated approach, with
         increased national competition, proposed under Option 2.


    670. Trustee companies will continue to be required to provide a low
         level of disclosure to settlors/testators as provided for by the
         common law.  This disclosure will not be as effective or beneficial
         to settlors/testators as that proposed under Option 2.


Option 2:  Consumer protection model administered by ASIC


    671. This is the Government's preferred option.  It would provide that
         the traditional functions of trustee companies (administering
         charitable and other trusts, obtaining probate, acting as the
         executor of a deceased estate or under power of attorney) are
         deemed to be financial services for the purposes of the
         Corporations Act.  It is intended that both settlors/testators and
         beneficiaries would be 'retail clients' of trustee companies for
         the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act.


    672. It would also provide that authorised trustee companies are:


                . required to be an Australian registered public company or
                  a wholly owned subsidiary of a public company;


                . regulated by ASIC;


                . required to hold an AFSL with an appropriate authorisation
                  to carry out 'traditional' trustee companies services;


                . subject to the consumer protection, licensing and conduct
                  requirements of the Corporations Act and the ASIC Act;


                . to the extent appropriate, subject to the disclosure
                  requirements of the Corporations Act;


                . (unlike under the State/Territory model) required to have
                  suitable internal and external dispute resolution
                  arrangements;


                . in relation to charitable trusts, subject to fee
                  regulation, in the form of 'grandfathering' of fees
                  charged to existing clients, and capping of fees charged
                  to new clients, with a review of these arrangements after
                  two years;


                . in relation to non-charitable trusts and estates, subject
                  to deregulation of the fees they can charge,  subject to a
                  requirement that the company's fee schedule be disclosed
                  on the Internet and that corporations charge no more than
                  the fees specified in their published fee schedule at the
                  time they begin administration of the trust/estate;


                . subject to director and employee liability arrangements
                  that are consistent with the obligations in place for
                  other corporations under the Corporations Act;


                . subject to a $5 million capital adequacy requirement;


                . subject to a cap of 15 per cent on the shareholding of any
                  single shareholder and associates, together with a
                  divestment regime and a Ministerial discretion to consent
                  to share acquisitions above the cap (for example, for
                  wholly owned subsidiaries); and


                . permitted to hold common funds, which are able to continue
                  to attract external investment.


    673. While there will be compliance costs associated with a client
         protection regime, for example reporting requirements and
         requirements for financial resources, these would be considered to
         be relatively minimal, especially when compared to those associated
         with a prudential regime (see Option 3).  Likewise, given there
         would still be authorisation/licensing requirements, some
         restrictions to entry and barriers to competition would remain.
         However, the creation of a national licensing scheme and the other
         improvements in the licensing processes, including objective
         criteria and improved transparency, is expected to minimise such
         costs.


    674. The costs for Option 2 can be broken into three main elements:


                . start up/ transitional costs;


                . ongoing compliance costs; and


                . ongoing supervision costs.


         Start up/transitional costs


    675. Under Option 2, trustee companies will have to either apply to ASIC
         for a trustee company licence or apply to ASIC for a modification
         of their AFSL.  The current cost to modify AFSL conditions is $230
         for an online application and $270 for a paper application.  The
         cost of a separate trustee company licence is likely to be similar
         to the cost of an AFSL.  The current cost to apply for a corporate
         AFSL is $270 for an online application or $540 for a paper
         application[11].  Therefore, it is estimated that the total maximum
         cost for applications for trustee company licence would be
         approximately 11*$540 = $5,940.


    676. Current market participants will be required to apply for an
         alteration to their current AFSL to include the ability to act as
         an authorised trustee company.  Trustee companies may incur
         implicit costs in order to comply with the ASIC licensing
         conditions, such as meeting adequate financial resources and
         professional indemnity insurance requirements.  While the exact
         costs cannot be quantified, it is expected that the costs will not
         be significant as most trustee companies already meet most of these
         requirements as part of their compliance with AFSL requirements and
         complying with APRA requirements to act as a superannuation
         trustee.


    677. New entrants may incur significant costs to gain an AFSL, however
         this cost is expected to be lower than the entry cost under
         Option 1 as the licensing requirements are certain; are not subject
         to the same political considerations; and will provide national
         access.


    678. The Commonwealth Government will incur the cost of ASIC developing
         and implementing the new trustee company licence.  As noted
         previously, the non-financial operations of trustee companies are
         new ground for ASIC.  This means that although some pre-existing
         expertise will be relevant, significant effort would be required to
         develop the regulator's expertise in this area.  This implies that
         there would be significant set-up costs and time taken for
         implementing this regime.  ASIC has provided an estimate of $2.2
         million across the first four years of new Commonwealth regulation.




         Ongoing compliance costs


    679. Trustee companies will incur significant costs to comply with the
         reporting requirements and to maintain their compliance frameworks.
          However, trustee companies currently incur significant costs to
         comply with the State and Territory regimes.  The Commonwealth
         regime will streamline most of the trustee companies' reporting and
         compliance requirements, thereby reducing the overall regulatory
         burden and compliance cost of trustee companies that operate in
         more than one jurisdiction.  However, the consumer protection
         regime is likely to be more intense than that currently applying to
         trustee companies under the State and Territory regimes.  So
         overall there is likely to be minimal net change to trustee
         companies' compliance costs from the status quo.


    680. Trustee companies will be required to have appropriate internal
         dispute resolution mechanisms and to be a member of an ASIC
         approved external dispute resolution (EDR) Scheme.  The EDR Scheme
         will either be a new scheme set up specifically for the
         'traditional activities', or will be an existing scheme that can
         extend its coverage to include the 'traditional activities'.  The
         scheme will be industry funded, with the costs likely to be covered
         by membership fees.


    681. It is difficult to estimate the exact cost of the scheme, as this
         will depend on the number of complaints received.  Membership fees
         for the former Financial Industry Complaints Service (FICS), now
         the Investments, Life Insurance and Superannuation division of the
         Financial Ombudsman Service can be used as a guide.  In
         October 2007, Public Trustee NSW advised the Commonwealth Attorney-
         General's department its annual cost of membership to FICS was
         $5,735.  Therefore, it is estimated that the total maximum cost for
         EDR Scheme for trustee companies would be approximately 11*$5,735 =
         $63,085 per year.


    682. Trustee companies will be required to submit an annual audited
         financial statement to ASIC.  As part of this process, the licensee
         must lodge an auditor's report with ASIC demonstrating that they
         continue to meet their obligations under their AFSL.


         Ongoing supervision costs


    683. The Commonwealth Government will incur ongoing costs for ASIC to
         supervise trustee companies.  ASIC has provided an estimate for
         their ongoing supervision costs of $1 million per annum.


    684. ASIC will have the power to conduct surveillance visits on trustee
         companies to ensure that the corporation continues to fulfil it's
         obligations under the AFSL.


         Benefits for trustee companies


    685. Trustee companies will benefit from streamlined reporting
         requirements and only answering to one supervisor for 'traditional
         activities'.  The national regulatory requirements will reduce the
         complexity of each trustee companies' compliance monitoring
         arrangements and make compliance training easier and less complex.
         This will reduce the trustee companies' risk of a compliance
         breach.  Trustee companies that are not currently licensed in each
         State and Territory will benefit from a national licensing scheme,
         which will allow them to potential grow their operations.


    686. Industry claim they will be disadvantaged by the consumer
         protection requirements, as their main competitors will not have to
         comply with them.  However, trustee companies already comply with
         the complex State and Territory requirements and the AFSL
         requirements.  The trustee company licence requirements will not be
         significantly different from the AFSL requirements and will be more
         streamlined than the status quo.  In addition, the consumer
         protection measures will be a selling point to new clients as their
         competitors do not offer these additional protections.


    687. Directors of trustee companies will not be subject to personal
         liability where they satisfy the relevant provisions of the
         Corporations Act.  In particular:


                . Under Chapter 2M, subsection 180(1), a director or other
                  officer of a company must exercise their powers and
                  discharge their duties with the degree of care and
                  diligence that a reasonable person would exercise, taking
                  into account the particular circumstances of the
                  corporation and the office and responsibilities of the
                  officer.


                . Under subsection 180(2), the so-called statutory 'business
                  judgment' rule, a director or other officer of a
                  corporation who makes a business judgment is taken to meet
                  the requirements of the statutory duty of care and
                  diligence in subsection 180(1), and the equivalent duties
                  at common law and in equity, in respect of the judgment if
                  they satisfy certain criteria.


                . Under section 197, a person who is a director of a company
                  when it incurs a liability while acting, or purporting to
                  act, as a trustee, is liable to discharge the whole or
                  part of the liability if the company:


                  - has not, and cannot, discharge the liability or that
                    part of it; and


                  - is not entitled to be fully indemnified against the
                    liability out of trust assets solely because of one or
                    more specified circumstances.


                . In addition, the duties of officers and employees of
                  registered schemes (see sections 601FD and 601FE) should
                  be extended to apply to officers and employees of trustee
                  companies to ensure appropriate fiduciary duties are owed.


    688. This will bring the obligations on these directors in line with
         other parts of their businesses.


    689. Consistent with the application of the AFS licensing regime, there
         should be a direct obligation on trustee companies to have adequate
         compensation arrangements.


         Benefits for consumers


    690. The creation of a national market is likely to increase competition
         in the 'traditional services' market.  Consumers will benefit from
         this through improved service, possible reduction in price, and
         possibly new products.  Consumers will also benefit from enhanced
         consumer protection, which include disclosure requirements and an
         external dispute resolution scheme.  This will enable beneficiaries
         to better monitor how the trust assets are managed and give
         beneficiaries an avenue to have their complaints addressed that is
         not available to them under the status quo.  This option will
         attempt to overcome some of the current common law barriers to
         competition by assisting consumers to better overcome the
         information asymmetry present in the status quo and allow for
         easier movement of estates among trustee companies.


    691. In contrast to the status quo, the introduction of an ASIC
         licensing regime to these entities will minimise the risk of
         ineffective management of trust assets as trustee companies will be
         required to ensure that each corporation can:


             . demonstrate organisational competence (competence of
               responsible managers) to provide trustee services;


             . ensure representatives of these corporations are competent
               and adequately trained to provide those services; and


             . ensure that the business has adequate technological and
               human resources in place to comply with their legal
               obligations.


         These measures will also address the risk to the consumer of being
         unable to determine what the quality of personnel may be at the
         point of the execution of the estate.


    692. In respect of the grandfathering of the fees charged to charitable
         trusts that are existing clients, it is expected that this will
         benefit the trusts because they will not have to deal with sudden
         increases in fees resulting from the new regime.  While there may
         be some detriment to the corporations because they may be unable to
         change their fees to reflect their costs, the grandfathering will
         be reviewed after two years.  In respect of the capping of the fees
         charged to charitable trusts that are new clients, again this
         should benefit the clients as their fees will be similar to the mid
         range charged in the States and Territories, while equally any
         detriment to the corporations will be a factor in the review to
         take place after two years.


    693. In respect of the deregulation of fees charged to all other trusts
         and estates, trustee companies may be more likely to take on trusts
         that previously would have been completely unprofitable due to fee
         caps.  It is expected that this will lead to increased competition,
         but also better service as corporations are able to price fee
         structures in a manner that provides an incentive for increased
         performance.  Any detriment to clients will be mitigated by the
         requirement that fees cannot be any higher than those set out in
         the published fee schedule at the time the estate is committed for
         administration.


    694. It is considered that, on balance, the 15 per cent limit on any one
         person (and associates) holding voting shares in a trustee company
         will benefit clients and not lead to any greater burden on trustee
         companies.  The disadvantages of ownership limits are that they can
         lead to companies being unduly restricted in raising further
         capital, and they can also have the effect of insulating management
         from normal competitive pressures.  The benefit of ownership
         restrictions is that they ensure a broad spread of shareholdings,
         protecting the corporation from the adverse circumstances of major
         shareholders.  The legislative restrictions on the acquisition of
         voting shares in trustee companies which apply in some
         jurisdictions are shown below in Table 1.3.  There is no trustee
         company at present which would breach the 15 per cent maximum
         equity holding.


                      Table 1.3: Ownership restrictions

|New South Wales          |10 per cent              |
|Tasmania                 |10 per cent              |
|Western Australia        |10 per cent              |
|Queensland               |15 per cent              |
|Victoria                 |20 per cent              |


    695. The 15 per cent limit aligns with a similar requirement for
         'financial sector companies' under the Financial Sector
         (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (which includes any authorised deposit-
         taking institution as defined in the Banking Act 1959, or a holding
         company of such a company).  It also aligns with a 15 per cent
         limit under Division 1 of Part 7.4 of the Corporations Act on
         bodies corporate, together with their holding companies, that hold
         an Australian market licence or an Australian clearing and
         settlement licence, and that is considered to be of national
         significance to Australia.  Such a body is known as a 'widely held
         market body'.  The most important example is the Australian
         Securities Exchange (ASX).


    696. Generally, Ministerial consent is required for share acquisitions
         in trustee companies above the threshold limit.  However, consent
         is frequently given, and many trustee companies are subsidiaries of
         other financial institutions, without apparent detriment to
         personal trust work.


    697. The compulsory divestment regime to deal with breaches is expected
         to be required infrequently, and will require some resources to
         administer on the part of ASIC.


    698. It is expected that the increased consumer protection measures,
         disclosure requirements and access to EDR will have an indirect,
         but positive impact on families.


Option 3:  Prudential regulation administered by APRA


    699. While a prudential regulatory regime would create a national market
         and eliminate the unnecessary compliance costs and barriers to
         competition resulting from the State and Territory based regimes,
         the compliance costs and the competitive neutrality issues
         associated with prudential regulation would be significantly
         greater than for a consumer protection and disclosure regime.


    700. Prudential regulation of trustee companies raises significant
         competitive neutrality issues because the main competitors of
         trustee companies in the personal trust and estate administration
         market, such as public trustees, lawyers, and accountants, are not
         subject to prudential regulation.  Prudential regulation of trustee
         companies at entity level would also have competitive neutrality
         implications in relation to their main competitors in the funds
         management business and their other main corporate activities,
         which are not subject to prudential regulation.


    701. The costs for Option 3 can also be broken into three elements:


                . start up/transitional costs;


                . ongoing compliance costs; and


                . ongoing supervision costs.


         Start up/transitional costs


    702. Under Option 3, trustee companies would have to apply to APRA for a
         trustee company licence.  As discussed previously, this licence is
         likely to be based on the Superannuation trustee scheme and is
         likely to have similar costs.  The current APRA licensing fee is
         $68,200.  Therefore, it is estimated that the total maximum cost
         for applications for a trustee company licence would be
         approximately 11*$68,200 = $750,200.


    703. There would be various other implicit costs for trustee companies
         to comply with the prudential standards as specified by APRA.  It
         is envisioned that the prudential standards would be similar to
         those applying to superannuation trustees.  These include risk
         management, adequacy of resources, capital adequacy requirements,
         governance, and fit and proper criteria.  While the exact costs
         cannot be quantified, it is expected that the costs will not be
         significant for trustee companies that are already RSE licensees.
         Seven trustee companies currently hold RSE licenses; however for
         trustee companies that do not hold RSE licenses, there could be
         significant costs to meet the prudential standards.


    704. At a future date APRA may introduce other prudential standards
         affecting the operations of trustee companies.  Additional
         prudential standards would be subject to a new RIS process.
         Prudential standards made by APRA are legislative instruments and
         are therefore subject to parliamentary scrutiny.


    705. As noted previously, the non-financial operations of trustee
         companies would be new ground for APRA.  This means that although
         some pre-existing expertise will be relevant, significant effort
         would be required to develop the regulator's expertise in this
         area.  This implies that there would be significant set-up costs
         and time taken for implementing this regime.  APRA estimates that
         it would cost approximately $750,000 to develop and implement the
         new trustee company licence regime.  This cost would be borne by
         industry and collected through the annual levy process in the first
         year of APRA supervision.


         Ongoing compliance costs


    706. Trustee companies would incur significant costs to comply with the
         reporting requirements and to maintain their compliance framework.
         However, trustee companies currently incur significant costs to
         comply with the State and Territory regimes.  The Commonwealth
         regime would streamline most of the trustee companies reporting and
         compliance requirements, thereby reducing the overall regulatory
         burden and compliance costs of trustee companies that operate in
         more than one jurisdiction.


    707. However, the prudential regulation would be significantly more
         intense than the status quo.  Overall there is likely to be a net
         increase in trustee companies' compliance costs from the status
         quo.  This is because the prudential regulation regime of trustee
         companies would be based on the prudential standards applying to
         superannuation trustees.  These standards are more onerous in
         relation to the financial affairs and management of the corporation
         than the status quo.  For example, persons of responsibility in
         trustee companies, such as directors, senior management and
         accountants, do not have to satisfy 'fit and proper' requirements
         under the status quo, except when applying for a licence in
         Queensland.  Trustee companies also do not have to comply with
         external risk management standards or are required to have detailed
         risk management strategies under the status quo.  Both 'fit and
         proper' and risk management requirements would be part of the
         prudential standards that trustee companies would have to satisfy
         when applying for a licence and on an ongoing basis under
         prudential supervision by APRA.


    708. Ongoing prudential supervision would also be more intense on
         trustee companies than the current supervision by States and
         Territories.  Prudential supervision would involve regular on-site
         inspections by APRA, supported by investigation and enforcement
         powers, while the status quo does not.


         Ongoing supervision costs


    709. There would be ongoing costs for APRA to supervise trustee
         companies and administrate the licensing scheme.  APRA estimates
         their ongoing costs in relation to trustee companies would be
         between $1 million and $1.5 million per year.  APRA costs would be
         met by the trustee companies through industry levies.  The levies
         could be calculated and collected using the same mechanism
         currently used for other financial sector levies.


         Benefits for trustee companies


    710. Similar to Option 2, trustee companies would benefit from
         streamlined reporting requirements and only answering to one
         supervisor for 'traditional activities'.  However, prudential
         regulation and supervision is likely to be more intense than the
         current regulation and supervision trustee companies comply with.
         This is likely to offset any benefit trustee companies receive from
         national, streamlined regulation.   Therefore, Option 3 is likely
         to increase the overall regulatory burden on trustee companies.


    711. Trustee companies that are not currently licensed in each State and
         Territory would benefit from a national licensing scheme, which
         would allow them to potentially grow their operations without
         increased regulatory cost.  However, given the intense prudential
         standards attached to the licensing under APRA, some trustee
         companies that are currently State/Territory licensed may not be
         granted/retain their licence under this option.


    712. Given the prudential standards would establish more detailed
         requirements than the status quo, including in relation to matters
         that are not currently subject to regulation by most states and
         Territories, there is no guarantee that all the trustee companies
         would be able to comply with these standards.  Before granting/
         renewing trustee company licenses, APRA would have to undertake a
         thorough assessment of each trustee company's operations and the
         fitness and propriety of their responsible persons to ensure the
         corporations meet all the prudential standards.


         Benefits for consumers


    713. The creation of a national market is likely to increase competition
         in the 'traditional services' market.  Consumers will benefit from
         this through improved service, possible reduction in price, and
         possibly new products.


    714. In contrast to Option 2, this option would not address the problem
         of ineffective management and safeguarding of trust assets.  This
         option would also fail to assist consumers to gain greater
         disclosure of the products and services that a trustee company may
         be providing.  However, consumers can be more confident that the
         business in which they are contracting as trustee would remain
         viable as an entity.  Consumers under this option would also gain
         from an increased regulatory focus on risk management systems.


Consultation


    715. The main consultation document for the Commonwealth regulation of
         trustee companies is the Financial Services and Credit Reform Green
         Paper, which was released on 3 June 2008.  Over 15 written
         submissions were received in response to the Green Paper in
         relation to the Commonwealth regulation of trustee companies.  A
         list of the entities that provided those submissions is as follows:


                . ANZ Trustees Limited;


                . Australasian Compliance Institute;


                . Australian Wealth Management Limited;


                . Australian Shareholders' Association;


                . Corporate Super Association;


                . Equity Trustees Limited;


                . Financial Planning Association of Australia;


                . Grant Thornton Australia Limited;


                . Investment and Financial Services Association;


                . National Australia Bank Group;


                . Perpetual Limited;


                . Philanthropy Australia Inc;


                . Plan B Group Holdings Limited;


                . Sandhurst Trustees Limited;


                . Suncorp-Metway Limited;


                . Tasmanian Perpetual Trustees Limited;


                . Trust Company Limited;


                . Trustee Corporations Association of Australia; and


                . Westpac Banking Corporation.


    716. Treasury has also undertaken face-to-face consultation with
         industry and other key stakeholders, including State and Territory
         Government officials, Philanthropy Australia and other stakeholders
         from the charitable trust sector.  Treasury has also consulted with
         both ASIC and APRA in relation to their potential role.


    717. The consultation process has revealed strong support from all
         stakeholders for the implementation of Commonwealth regulation of
         trustee companies.  The face-to-face consultations, with both
         industry and the stakeholders in the charitable trust sector, and
         the large majority of written submissions have provided strong
         support for consumer protection and disclosure regulation with
         supervision by ASIC.


    718. One of the biggest issues raised in consultation relates to the
         management fees and commissions that trustee companies are able to
         charge in relation to trust and estate management.  All State and
         Territory legislation, except Western Australia and the Australian
         Capital Territory, prescribe fee caps and some restrict the source
         of income that the fee can be taken from.  The Western
         Australia/Australian Capital Territory legislation model is a
         deregulation of fees, whereby trustee companies set a maximum fee
         through publishing a schedule of fees.  Trustee companies are then
         able to change the schedule of fees as often as they like and can
         negotiate different fees with individual consumers.  Once the trust
         arrangements commence the fees are locked in at the last published
         schedule of fees, unless otherwise specified in the trust deed.


    719. Industry is very supportive of the Commonwealth regulation adopting
         this model (which will apply to all non-charitable trusts and
         estates).  Industry claims that the current level of fees they are
         allowed to charge is unprofitable for the management of smaller
         trusts.  Industry argues that in order to provide better service
         and more disclosure and transparency, they need to be able to
         charge adequately for their services.


    720. Stakeholders from the charitable trust sector can see the potential
         benefits of a deregulation of fees for new clients.  However, they
         are concerned that if fee caps are removed, trustee companies will
         take advantage of charitable trusts' inability to exercise market
         discipline and charge exorbitant fees on trusts that are already
         under management.  Some charitable trusts currently under trustee
         company management do not have any fees prescribed in the trust
         deeds, so the trustee company can charge the maximum fee allowable
         under the existing legislation.  Any increase in fees means less
         money is available for distribution to charity.  Treasury is
         cognisant of the potential impact of removing fee caps and will
         seek to provide protection to trusts already under management
         through transitional arrangements.


    721. Another significant issue raised in consultation was the issue of
         who are clients of trustee companies.  Trustee companies have two
         types of clients:


                . primary clients are testators or settlors, who appoint the
                  trustee company and put in place the terms and conditions
                  of the will or trust; and


                . secondary clients are beneficiaries, who receive
                  distributions when the trust arrangements commence.


    722. Trustee companies raised concerns about disclosure and dispute
         resolution schemes applying to both client groups.  They argue that
         the provision of relevant information to persons with a proper
         interest has always been a core duty of trustee companies under
         common law and does not need to be included in commonwealth
         regulation.


    723. In some cases, the State and Territory Supreme Courts will have
         appointed a trustee company to manage the affairs of an individual
         when that individual does not have capacity to manage their own
         affairs, such as with minors or individuals with disabilities.  In
         these cases, there is no primary client and the secondary client is
         often incapable of monitoring a trustee company's performance and
         management, even if they were provided with adequate information to
         do so.  To cover these types of case, Treasury proposes to extend
         the consumer protection requirements to cover 'persons with a
         proper interest in the estate'.  Industry request that, in order to
         protect against frivolous or mischievous requests for information,
         a reasonably tight definition of 'persons with a proper interest in
         the estate' is adopted in regards to who is entitled to obtain
         information on individual estates and trust under administration/
         management.


    724. Although industry was supportive for an external dispute resolution
         scheme to apply to their 'traditional activities' clients, they
         raised concerns about the scope of coverage and outcomes that could
         be achieved.  Many trustee companies expressed the view that the
         decision to remove a trustee should remain with the Supreme Court.


Conclusion and recommended option


    725. The Government considers that, on balance, the benefits of Option
         2, consumer protection and disclosure regulation of trustee
         companies with supervision by ASIC, exceed the expected costs of
         implementation.  The Government considers Option 2 preferable to
         the alternative Option 3, prudential regulation with supervision by
         APRA, because:


                . Option 2 addresses the main problem areas, whereas
                  Option 3 would provide an unnecessary level of regulation
                  (because the trustee companies hold the trust assets off
                  balance sheet); and


                . the initial and ongoing costs would be less.


    726. The manner in which Option 2 satisfies the objectives stated above
         can be briefly summarised as follows.


Objective 1


    727. Enable approved corporations to operate as trustee companies and
         licence them under Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act.


         Achieved by


    728. Amending the Corporations Act (and the ASIC Act) to provide that:
         certain activities typically undertaken by trustee companies, such
         as acting as the executor/administrator of deceased estates,
         administering charitable trusts and foundations, managing common
         funds, and acting as a manager or guardian, are deemed to be
         'financial services'; and trustee companies which hold an AFSL are
         authorised to provide such services, and must comply with the
         obligations of financial services licensees and any conditions
         imposed by ASIC.  This option is optimal as it involves taking the
         best features of the State/Territory regimes and applying them in
         one single consumer protection law.


Objective 2


    729. Ensure effective management and safeguarding of trust assets.


         Achieved by


    730. Amending the Corporations Act (and the ASIC Act) to ensure that
         trust property is clearly identified and held separately from
         property of the trustee company; enforcing the general obligations
         of AFSL holders, such as the requirements regarding adequate
         resources, competence and training, and any conditions imposed by
         ASIC; and preserving any relevant trust law and equitable remedies
         under State and Territory laws.  This option is preferred to Option
         3, as it provides the appropriate level of protection for trust
         assets.


Objective 3


    731. Ensure appropriate disclosure to clients about the type of services
         and products being offered by the trustee company.


         Achieved by


    732. Ensuring that the trustee companies are subject to the relevant
         disclosure provisions of the Corporations Act, such as the
         Financial Services Guide (FSG), Statement of Advice and periodic
         statements provisions, and permitting electronic disclosure, so
         that settlors/testators and beneficiaries are informed both
         initially and periodically about the performance of trustee
         companies and trust assets.


Objective 4


    733. Provide for lower cost dispute resolution, to enable beneficiaries
         to address issues of underperformance or incompetence and/or
         replace an underperforming trustee in a cost effective way, in
         cases where alternative dispute resolution is a viable alternative
         to the courts.


         Achieved by


    734. Requiring trustee companies to have appropriate internal and
         external (non-judicial) dispute resolution mechanisms for
         settlors/executors and beneficiaries, so that the need to approach
         a court is minimised.


Objective 5


    735. Modernise the regulation of trustee companies and have any
         regulation apply on a national basis in accordance with
         Recommendation 90 of the Wallis Review and the Government's policy
         regarding reducing regulatory burden more broadly.


         Achieved by


    736. Replacing the current State and territory laws, with their
         overlapping and inconsistent rules, with uniform national
         legislation under the Corporations Act, and ensuring that the
         national law is up-to-date, for example in relation to directors'
         and officers' liability.


Objective 6


    737. Facilitate a competitive national market for trustee companies.


         Achieved by


    738. Introducing a single national law for trustee companies under the
         Corporations Act and a single national regulator.  This is expected
         to create a national market in which there are reduced barriers to
         competition (for example, the ability of beneficiaries to protect
         their interest in the estate by switching trustees) and fewer
         competitive neutrality issues (while noting that most public
         trustees will fall outside the new regime) and also reduced
         business compliance costs and improves efficiency of operations.
         It is also expected that the new approach to fees will promote
         efficient pricing of services provided by trustee companies.


Implementation and review


    739. The first phase of the project will be accomplished by:


             . drafting appropriate provisions for inclusion in the
               Corporations Act;


             . asking ASIC to amend its applicable guidance (or produce new
               guidance) to accompany the legislation.


    740. In the second phase, ASIC will devote appropriate resources to
         regulating trustee companies, including licensing, developing
         guidance and monitoring compliance.


    741. The Government wishes to review the fee regime for charitable
         trusts and foundations for both existing and new clients after two
         years.


    742. Further, it is expected that this option will be reviewed in its
         entirety under the Government's five-yearly review requirements.
         It is not proposed to include either a sunset clause or an
         automatic review clause.


    743. The indicators against which success of the regime could be
         measured against include the extent to which:


                . the current overlapping/conflicting regulatory framework
                  is replaced by a single, consistent set of rules that
                  reduces business compliance costs and improves efficiency
                  of operations, consistent with adequate regulation;


                . trust assets are appropriately managed and protected;


                . effective disclosure is made to clients
                  (settlors/testators and beneficiaries) both initially and
                  on an ongoing basis about the performance of trustee
                  companies and trust assets;


                . clients can access lower cost, quicker dispute resolution,
                  to enable them to address issues of underperformance or
                  incompetence and/or replace an underperforming trustee in
                  a cost effective way;


                . fees and charges reflect efficient pricing of services
                  provided by trustee companies, while providing protection
                  in particular to charitable trusts, deceased estates and
                  disadvantaged persons; and


                . internal and EDR mechanisms deal with complaints from
                  clients.

Chapter 8
Regulation impact statement - Harmonisation of the treatment of debentures
and promissory notes


Introduction


    744. Over the past two to three years, there have been a number of high
         profile collapses of property development companies, starting with
         Westpoint and followed by Fincorp, ACR and Bridgecorp.


    745. Consumers were able to invest in these property development
         companies by acquiring a debenture or promissory note issued by the
         company.  In broad terms a debenture or a promissory note is a debt
         instrument.


    746. The collapses have had significant impact with some investors
         losing considerable amounts of money.  Total losses are estimated
         at around $900 million, invested by around 20,000 investors across
         Australia (although some of those funds will be recovered,
         particularly in the case of Fincorp and ACR).


    747. There have been a range of reasons put forward to explain the
         collapses, other than the regulatory framework.  These include poor
         corporate decision making; poor management; inappropriate use of
         funds; land banking, inexperienced personnel; high ongoing running
         costs; inappropriate or bad advice from financial advisers driven
         by higher than normal commissions; and, investors seeking higher
         than normal returns but not understanding the inherent high risk
         and unsecured nature of their investment.


    748. Nevertheless, as a result of these corporate collapses there has
         been considerable discussion about the regulatory framework
         governing debentures and promissory notes and whether changes are
         appropriate.


    749. In particular, these questions arise from the uncertainty about the
         Westpoint group's issue of promissory notes where clarification of
         whether they were regulated products was only achieved through the
         courts following a long and costly process.  The uncertainty arose
         because of the belief by the issuing parties, Westpoint that the
         promissory notes they issued, which were valued at over $50,000,
         were not regulated by the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act).




    750. While the subsequent court decision made it clear that the
         promissory notes in question were interests in managed investment
         schemes and therefore were subject to regulation under the
         Corporations Act, it also highlighted the framework in relation to
         promissory notes is not sufficiently robust and doubts about its
         applications still exist.


    751. Promissory notes valued at less than $50,000 are currently
         regulated as debentures.  However, an inconsistency arises between
         the treatment of promissory notes valued at over $50,000 and
         debentures over that threshold.  Given that debentures and
         promissory notes are broadly the same kind of financial product,
         this inconsistency provides a level of complexity and uncertainty
         in the marketplace resulting in ongoing suggestions that a
         regulatory gap exists.


    752. The exclusion of promissory notes with a face value of more than
         $50,000 from the definition of debenture dates back to 1981.  The
         original purpose of introducing the $50,000 threshold appears to
         have been to delineate between sophisticated investors and the
         investing public needing greater protection (similar to the
         retail/wholesale delineation today), but not impede normal banking
         and commercial dealings where that protection is not needed.  Also
         at that time, industry participants were opposed to a definition of
         debentures which included negotiable instruments such as bills of
         exchange and promissory notes.  The main reasons appear to be
         administrative issues and the imposition of stamp duty if the
         instrument was classed as a debenture.


    753. Some 27 years later this exclusion level is out of date,
         particularly when compared to the $500,000 threshold which
         currently applies before an investor can be called sophisticated.


    754. Further, there are circumstances where an issue of a promissory
         note valued at over $50,000 can escape the operation of the
         Corporations Act altogether:


                . if a promissory note valued at over $50,000 is not issued
                  as an interest in a managed investment scheme and does not
                  fit within the definition of a financial product (so it
                  would then be regulated under Chapter 7 of the
                  Corporations Act), it would not be defined as a financial
                  product.  To be defined as a financial product, the
                  promissory note would need to generate a return to the
                  investor and the investor would not have day-to-day
                  control over their investment;


                  - this anomaly also needs to be addressed.


    755. Indeed, there is the possibility that promissory note issuers are
         already structuring their arrangements to avoid the operations of
         the Corporations Act.


      1. :  Case study - Westpoint


                Westpoint was a privately owned property development company
                located in Perth, Western Australia.  Westpoint was active
                in several capital cities across Australia, including
                Melbourne and Sydney.  Westpoint collapsed in early 2006
                after insolvency proceedings were instigated by Australian
                Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) in
                November 2005.


                The difficulties experienced by Westpoint relate to a number
                of projects for which part of the funding was raised through
                the issue of promissory notes valued at more than $50,000 to
                retail investors.  This so-called mezzanine financing
                promised high yields of up to 12 per cent per annum, but was
                secured only by second mortgages over the properties under
                development.  Investors in these notes therefore ranked
                behind senior debt holders when the projects were wound up.


                Promissory notes are regulated as debentures if they have a
                face value of less than $50,000.  The Westpoint notes were
                issued with a face value of over $50,000 for the purpose of
                trying to avoid the disclosure and other requirements in
                law.  ASIC took Westpoint to court to clarify the regulatory
                status of the promissory note.  After appeal, in June 2006,
                the court confirmed that the promissory notes on issue were
                interests in a managed investment scheme and therefore
                subject to the disclosure and other requirements under the
                Corporations Act.


                It has been estimated that some 3,000 to 4,000 investors
                lost approximately $300 million through the promissory note
                issues.  The majority of Westpoint's companies are now in
                liquidation.  Various legal actions continue against the
                directors of the company as well as related parties.
                Currently 19 licensed financial planners and three
                unlicensed financial planners have been banned for various
                periods from holding an Australian financial services
                licence (AFSL).


                Had it been clearer in law that promissory notes valued at
                more than $50,000 were caught under the Corporations Act and
                therefore subject to the disclosure requirements, then the
                extended and expensive court case would not have been
                required and investors' funds may have been better
                protected.


    756. The Westpoint problem identified a shortfall in the regulatory
         system - both in terms of the inconsistency in the thresholds
         relating to how financial products are regulated ($50,000 versus
         $500,000) and uncertainty and inconsistency of the regulatory
         approach between debentures and promissory notes depending on their
         value.


    757. While ASIC has now issued additional guidelines for debenture
         issuers and trustees which require additional disclosure, this does
         not address the inconsistency in the treatment of both products,
         nor do the guidelines apply to promissory notes.


    758. Further, the Parliamentary Joint Committee in its oversight report
         on ASIC published in March 2007 recommended that an amendment to
         the disclosure requirements in the Corporations Act to the $50,000
         threshold applying to promissory notes be sought.


    759. ASIC also supports the Government's intention to review the
         regulation of debentures and promissory notes.


Current arrangements


Regulation of debentures


    760. Debentures are regulated under the Corporations Act (Chapter 2L).
         Debentures are debt instruments used by the issuer or borrower to
         raise funds from investors in return for the payment of interest.


    761. The features of the regulatory regime include the following:


                . Debenture issues are required to be governed by a trust
                  deed and must have a trustee.  The trustee is required to
                  undertake certain specified actions intended to safeguard
                  the interests of debenture holders.  It is also specified
                  who can act as a trustee.


                . The trust deed must provide certain rights on behalf of
                  debenture holders and trustees must act in the interests
                  of debenture holders as defined under the Corporations
                  Act.


                . The duties of the borrowers are defined, including the
                  requirement to conduct their business in a proper and
                  efficient manner and to provide certain reports with
                  specified contents to the trustee and to ASIC.


                . Different naming rules apply to debentures under the
                  Corporations Act depending on the nature of the debenture
                  being issued, that is, whether it is a 'mortgage
                  debenture', 'debenture', 'unsecured note' or 'unsecured
                  deposit note'. The rules generally reflect the type of
                  security available over the debenture.


                . Debentures are issued as a source of finance for a range
                  of business activities, including debt capital funding,
                  mortgage lending for residential or commercial property,
                  participation in and ownership of commercial and
                  residential real estate, or to facilitate membership of
                  clubs, groups or franchise operations.


                . Debenture issues can be listed or unlisted and can be
                  secured or unsecured.


         Unlisted issues of debentures


    762. It has been identified that unlisted and unrated debentures pose an
         increased risk for retail investors.  In particular, investors do
         not have the benefit of the market to provide:


                . a readily available value for the debenture;


                . public scrutiny of the ongoing performance of the issuer
                  either through market forces or via listing rules, as
                  would be the case if the issue were in the public domain;
                  and


                . an easy market for the sale of their interests,
                  particularly where investors may have lost confidence in
                  their investment.


    763. Risks to investors further increase where the funds provided
         through the issue are on lent, often through other companies in the
         group for property development purposes as there is considerable
         uncertainty about returns until such time as the developments are
         completed and sold.  ASIC has issued revised guidelines to
         immediately address these risks for consumers - see below.


Regulation of promissory notes


    764. Promissory notes are used to raise funds, such as those issued in
         the Westpoint case.


    765. The formal characteristics of promissory notes are covered by the
         Bills of Exchange Act 1909.  However, the investor protection
         regime, including disclosure, licensing and conduct rules, is
         contained within the Corporations Act.


    766. Promissory notes are regulated in the Corporations Act either as
         debentures or as financial products depending on their value:



         Less than $50,000  =  debenture


                . Promissory notes under $50,000 are regulated as debentures
                  (Chapter 2L):


                  - debenture issues are governed by a trust deed and
                    trustee (Chapter 2L) and must be accompanied by a
                    prospectus (Chapter 6D);


                  - issuers and/or financial advisers must also meet
                    relevant disclosure, conduct and licensing requirements
                    (Chapter 7).


         $50,000 or over  =  financial product


              . Promissory notes valued at $50,000 or over are excluded from
                the definition of debentures (s9) and are regulated as a
                financial product (Chapter 7):


                  - promissory note issuers must therefore provide a Product
                    Disclosure Statement (PDS) (Part 7.9 in Chapter 7).


                . Sometimes promissory notes are issued in the form of an
                  interest in a Managed Investment Scheme:


                  - as such, the Managed Investment Scheme must be
                    registered and have a licensed responsible entity in
                    place; and


                  - each Managed Investment Scheme must provide a PDS
                    (Chapter 7).


                      (a)   Westpoint mezzanine/promissory note issues were
                            characterised as Managed Investment Schemes by
                            the Western Australian Supreme Court.


                . Some promissory notes may not satisfy the definition of
                  either a debenture or a financial product;


                  - however, most promissory notes are likely to fall under
                    one of these two categories.


    767. The current regime is summarised in the Table below.


      1. :  Summary of the current regulatory framework for promissory notes

|Promissory |Under   |Over $50,000 but < $500,000*         |
|note face  |$50,000 |                                     |
|value      |        |                                     |
|           |        |Financial Product        |Non-Financi|
|           |        |                         |al Product |
|           |        |Managed          |Non MIS|           |
|           |        |Investment Scheme|       |           |
|           |        |(MIS)            |       |           |
|Disclosure |Chapter |Part 7.9                 |Not        |
|           |6D      |                         |regulated  |
|Advice,    |Chapter |Chapter 7                |Not        |
|dealing and|7       |                         |regulated  |
|licensing  |        |                         |           |
|Other      |Chapter |Chapter 5C       |Not    |Not        |
|aspects    |2L      |                 |applica|regulated  |
|           |        |                 |ble    |           |


*Note: >$500,000 - investor is not considered to be a retail investor.

ASIC's work


    768. In analysing some of the reasons for the various property
         development company collapses, since early 2007, ASIC has
         prioritised the area of unlisted and unrated debentures as a high
         risk sector.  To date, ASIC has released two sets of guidelines
         addressing the two areas of immediate concern, to improve
         disclosure in relation to the unlisted unrated debentures market
         and setting out guidelines on the way these products are
         advertised.


                . The guidelines set out specific measures to provide better
                  quality information to retail investors about the risks of
                  such investments.


    769. ASIC also established a Retail Investor Task Force to undertake
         research into the retail investment sector, focusing on improving
         retail investor education generally to assist retail investors
         better understand their investment options and the risks they may
         incur.


    770. ASIC has now issued a Guide for investors in unlisted debentures to
         assist them in making better informed decisions about this type of
         product and the risks involved.  The work of the Retail Investor
         Task Force also informed the strategic restructure of ASIC which
         has established a structure it feels is better placed to undertake
         its regulatory role, including a specific team to deal with retail
         investors and consumers.


    771. However, again, these guidelines do not address the area of
         promissory notes valued at over $50,000.


Systemic risks with collapses in this sector


    772. Even after the fallout from the collapses which attracted
         significant media attention, studies suggest that retail investors
         still have a high degree of confidence in their own ability to make
         appropriate investment decisions.  Westpoint promissory notes were
         issued without any disclosure documents and with the promise of
         high returns, leaving investors to make decisions without the level
         of disclosure that applies to other financial products - however
         investors were happy to make the decision to invest regardless at
         that time.


    773. However, following the collapse of Westpoint and other companies,
         investors have been quick to complain to the Government and ASIC
         about their losses.


    774. Low investor confidence can lead to a general loss of confidence in
         the high yield finance sector and potentially may result in
         investors withdrawing funds from companies active in the sector.
         In a worst case scenario this could lead to further collapses
         through a snowball effect.  This happened in New Zealand where over
         20 finance companies have collapsed, leading to a general loss of
         liquidity in the sector.


    775. The current financial crisis has compounded this impact on investor
         confidence.


    776. Collapses can therefore have systemic implications, impacting:


                . individual savings, leading to increased reliance on
                  Government pensions, with a corresponding Budget impact;


                . general confidence levels in debenture issues, which may
                  lead to viable companies collapsing due to liquidity
                  shortfalls, as has happened in New Zealand; and


                . the financing of fundamentally viable projects, which may
                  not be able to proceed with potential wider consequences
                  for employment and economic growth.


    777. It is therefore important to ensure the investor protection regime
         is sound and robust and that retail investors investing in these
         products are provided with sufficient resources to make informed
         decisions.


    778. Any action also needs to be balanced against the risk of increasing
         costs for business.


Objectives of Government action


    779. The Government aims to provide a robust system where investors are
         provided with appropriate protective mechanisms.  Where perceived
         or real regulatory gaps exist, it is appropriate for the Government
         to undertake a review.


    780. Eliminating uncertainty about the regulation of promissory notes in
         the marketplace would be the main current objective.


    781. Given the $50,000 cut-off level dates back to 1981, it is timely to
         reconsider whether this threshold is still appropriate.  This is
         particularly so given that a person who invests $500,000 or more
         for a financial product is considered to be a sophisticated
         investor and the same protections therefore do not apply.


Consultation


    782. In this context, in June 2008, the Government issued the Financial
         Services and Credit Reform Green Paper.  The Green Paper addressed
         six issues in the financial services sector for possible reform,
         including the debentures sector.  The Green Paper was made
         available on the Treasury website and a media release was issued.


    783. Four potential changes to the regulation of the debentures sector
         were proposed in the paper, relating to:


                . harmonisation of the regulation of promissory notes;


                . licensing of debenture issuers;


                . licensing of trustees; and


                . review of trustee duties.


    784. However, subsequent to the issue of the Green Paper, it was agreed
         that while the harmonisation issue should be addressed now,
         consideration of the three remaining reforms be deferred until the
         conclusion of ASIC's debenture review project.  This will allow the
         considerable work already commenced by ASIC to improve the consumer
         protection framework in this area to be thoroughly assessed before
         any further changes, which may not prove necessary, are
         implemented.


    785. ASIC's review will look into the effectiveness of its recently
         revised (2007) guidelines on improved disclosure and advertising of
         unlisted, unrated debentures.  Once completed a further assessment
         of the remaining three items will be undertaken.


         Submissions


    786. Twenty submissions were received in relation to the debentures
         chapter in the Green Paper.  Fourteen out of the 20 submissions
         received were in favour of the harmonisation proposal.  The general
         feeling was that this option was a positive step as the regime
         needed to be more consistent to ensure better investor protection.


    787. Of the remaining submissions, some did not comment specifically on
         the harmonisation option, and only one party, a law firm, set out
         any concerns.  They argued that increasing the regulation of
         promissory notes regardless of their value was inconsistent with
         the rest of the Corporations Act which makes a distinction between
         the nature of the offering and the level of risk.  For this reason,
         it considered the change was discriminatory without sufficient
         basis.


    788. Further targeted consultation will be undertaken in relation to the
         harmonisation proposal, to establish whether a change to the
         regulation is appropriate and to assess the level of any impact.


Options


         Option 1 - No change


    789. This option would leave the current regulatory framework in place,
         thereby retaining the threshold levels between a debenture and a
         promissory note valued at over $50,000.


         Option 2 - Harmonise the regulation of debentures and promissory
         notes


    790. Regulate promissory notes valued at over $50,000 in the same way as
         debentures.  This would be achieved by removing the exclusion of
         promissory notes from the definition of debentures in section 9 of
         the Corporations Act.


         Option 3 - Self regulation


    791. Issuers of promissory notes valued at over $50,000 would be
         required to manage their own actions in regard to the issue of
         promissory notes and apply in the relevant regulatory framework
         that issue including appropriate disclosure.


Impact analysis


Impact group identification


    792. The groups affected by the amendments are investors/consumers, the
         promissory notes industry and issuers of promissory notes, the
         Government and ASIC.


Assumptions


    793. In assessing the impact of the options, the following assumptions
         have been used based on some research undertaken by ASIC and
         submissions received from the earlier Green Paper consultation
         process.


                . The estimated total value of debentures currently on issue
                  in Australia is around $25 billion, down from $34 billion
                  at June 2006.


                . The number of issuers is estimated to be 146, compared
                  with 154 previously at June 2006.


                . The numbers of investors holding interests in promissory
                  notes or who intend to acquire interests in promissory
                  notes valued at more than $50,000 is likely to be lower
                  again.


                . The majority of investors had invested between $20,000 and
                  $499,999 (representing 49 per cent of those surveyed).
                  The higher end is more likely to reflect investment
                  property ownership.


                . In the case of the Westpoint collapse, over 3,000
                  investors were affected.


                . Our understanding is that there are only a limited number
                  of promissory note issuers.


                . There appear to be more investors in promissory notes in
                  the over $500,000 sector, but these would be classed as
                  wholesale investors and any changes would not impact on
                  this sector.


                . In the then Financial Literacy Foundation's 2007 survey of
                  7,500 people, approximately 46 per cent said they had
                  investments other than property.  However this survey did
                  not differentiate between retail and wholesale investors.
                  The survey group also comprised around 550 participants
                  who were under 18 years of age.


                . According to ASIC's annual report for 2006-07, the number
                  of licensed financial advisers were 4,625.  However, it is
                  unlikely that the proposed change would have any impact on
                  advisers.  In the assessment below, financial advisers are
                  included under the category of 'industry'.


                . Costs can take many forms including: setting up trustee
                  arrangements, including a trust deed and trustee, court
                  costs, or in the form of lower confidence in the
                  marketplace.


    794. Further consultations on the options will better determine the
         overall impact and associated costs and benefits.


Assessment of costs and benefits

|OPTION 1:  NO CHANGE                                       |
|Impact Group:    |Costs                |Benefits           |
|Retail Investors/|Medium-high          |None               |
|                 |Keeping the status   |                   |
|Consumers        |quo would increase   |                   |
|                 |the risk of investors|                   |
|                 |again being caught up|                   |
|                 |in a Westpoint style |                   |
|                 |collapse.            |                   |
|Issuers/         |Low                  |Low                |
|Industry         |The continued        |They would not be  |
|                 |uncertainty about the|required to change |
|                 |regulatory framework |their approach.    |
|                 |for promissory notes |                   |
|                 |may reduce retail    |                   |
|                 |investor confidence  |                   |
|                 |in the marketplace.  |                   |
|Government/      |Medium               |Low/None           |
|ASIC             |Both the Government  |                   |
|                 |and ASIC may be      |                   |
|                 |criticised if other  |                   |
|                 |issues arise in this |                   |
|                 |sector for not taking|                   |
|                 |action.              |                   |
|                 |The ongoing legal    |                   |
|                 |action in relation to|                   |
|                 |Westpoint and other  |                   |
|                 |collapses is         |                   |
|                 |highlighting the     |                   |
|                 |ongoing issues.      |                   |
|OPTION 2:  HARMONISATION                                   |
|Impact Group:   |Costs                  |Benefits           |
|Retail          |Low                    |High               |
|Investors/      |There may be a small   |Investors may      |
|Consumers       |flow on to consumers of|benefit from       |
|                |any extra costs        |protection because |
|                |incurred by the        |the options would  |
|                |industry or issuers in |require promissory |
|                |setting up and         |notes over $50,000 |
|                |operating trustee      |now to be regulated|
|                |arrangements when      |as debentures.  As |
|                |issuing promissory     |such, trustee      |
|                |notes.                 |arrangements would |
|                |                       |be put in place,   |
|                |                       |which many see as  |
|                |                       |providing a more   |
|                |                       |robust protection  |
|                |                       |mechanism for      |
|                |                       |investors.         |
|                |                       |There will be no   |
|                |                       |risk of another    |
|                |                       |situation where a  |
|                |                       |company issuing    |
|                |                       |promissory note    |
|                |                       |attempts to        |
|                |                       |circumvent the law |
|                |                       |based on the value |
|                |                       |of the promissory  |
|                |                       |note.              |
|Issuers/Industry|Low                    |Low - Medium       |
|                |The numbers of issuers |This change will   |
|                |of promissory notes    |provide regulatory |
|                |valued at less than    |certainty about how|
|                |$500,000 are believed  |the promissory     |
|                |to be relatively low.  |notes are          |
|                |Nevertheless,          |regulated.         |
|                |establishing trustee   |Establishing a     |
|                |arrangements for the   |trustee arrangement|
|                |issue of promissory    |could be viewed as |
|                |notes will incur some  |providing better   |
|                |increased costs which  |protection for     |
|                |are not expected to be |investors and      |
|                |onerous.               |therefore may lead |
|                |Further consultation   |to more investment |
|                |will hopefully         |in these products. |
|                |ascertain if any       |                   |
|                |operators will be      |                   |
|                |adversely affected.    |                   |
|                |Costs here may be more |                   |
|                |expensive or not,      |                   |
|                |depending on the nature|                   |
|                |of the business.       |                   |
|                |Certainly those who    |                   |
|                |invest in shares seem  |                   |
|                |to have a better       |                   |
|                |understanding that they|                   |
|                |may lose their         |                   |
|                |investment and managed |                   |
|                |funds benefit from     |                   |
|                |other protections for  |                   |
|                |retail clients such as |                   |
|                |the need to appoint a  |                   |
|                |responsible entity to  |                   |
|                |hold a licence.  Funds |                   |
|                |can also be raised     |                   |
|                |through the wholesale  |                   |
|                |market which has fewer |                   |
|                |rules because the      |                   |
|                |clients are considered |                   |
|                |more sophisticated than|                   |
|                |retail clients.        |                   |
|OPTION 2:  HARMONISATION                                   |
|Impact Group:   |Costs                  |Benefits           |
|Government/     |Low                    |Medium             |
|ASIC            |ASIC's costs may       |Certainty about the|
|                |increase marginally due|manner in which    |
|                |to the requirement to  |promissory notes   |
|                |monitor trustee        |are regulated      |
|                |arrangements.          |should result in   |
|                |                       |more confidence in |
|                |                       |financial markets  |
|                |                       |and increased      |
|                |                       |participation by   |
|                |                       |investors.         |

|OPTION 3:  HARMONISATION                                   |
|Impact Group:    |Costs                 |Benefits           |
|Retail Investors/|Medium - High         |Low - None         |
|                 |Investors' confidence |                   |
|Consumers        |in the industry to    |                   |
|                 |look after them       |                   |
|                 |particularly given the|                   |
|                 |Westpoint collapse    |                   |
|                 |would not be high.    |                   |
|                 |There are risks that  |                   |
|                 |some of the less      |                   |
|                 |scrupulous operators  |                   |
|                 |would take advantage  |                   |
|                 |of investors'         |                   |
|                 |ignorance and lack of |                   |
|                 |black law legislation.|                   |
|Issuers/         |Low - Medium          |Medium             |
|Industry         |With no legislative   |Issuers would not  |
|                 |backing, investor     |be required to     |
|                 |confidence in the     |comply with any    |
|                 |products and issuers  |different          |
|                 |may reduce confidence |regulatory         |
|                 |and investors may be  |requirements.      |
|                 |more reluctant to take|However, they would|
|                 |risks.                |need to comply with|
|                 |                      |new codes of       |
|                 |                      |conduct and        |
|                 |                      |practices and the  |
|                 |                      |impact would depend|
|                 |                      |on how those new   |
|                 |                      |practices were     |
|                 |                      |operated and       |
|                 |                      |enforced.          |
|Government/      |Medium - High         |Medium             |
|ASIC             |The Government would  |Less monitoring and|
|                 |continue to be        |compliance work may|
|                 |criticised for not    |be required by     |
|                 |addressing the        |government as the  |
|                 |situation through the |industry would be  |
|                 |regulatory framework. |expected to do most|
|                 |                      |of it itself.      |


Conclusion and recommended option


    795. Promissory notes valued at over $50,000 are currently regulated
         differently to debentures for reasons that are no longer relevant.
         The original reasons for creating the discrepancy in 1981 appear to
         have come about because at that time industry participants and
         stakeholders opposed the broad definition of debentures including
         negotiable instruments such as bills of exchange and promissory
         notes.  This appears to relate to administrative issues and the
         imposition of stamp duty if the instrument was classed as a
         debenture.  Those concerns appear less relevant now.


    796. Additionally, the $50,000 threshold has remained unchanged since
         1980 and is out of date compared to the current thresholds
         differentiating between retail and sophisticated investors.


    797. The current arrangement creates an inconsistent approach between
         the regulation of debentures and a promissory note valued at more
         than $50,000.  This inconsistency does not appear to be warranted
         any longer.


    798. Indeed, 14 of the 20 submissions from the Financial Services and
         Credit Reform Green Paper issued in June this year on debentures
         supported this option.  Only one submission was against the
         proposed change, and its further views will be sought as part of
         the next round of targeted consultations.


    799. Allowing the industry to address the problem itself (Option 3) is
         less likely to satisfy industry and investors in particular that
         they will be protected.  Nor does this option meet the objective of
         providing clarity in the regulation of promissory notes.


Discussion of Options


    800. Option 1 offers no real solution to the problems existing in the
         current regime, particularly the uncertainty that exists and the
         threshold anomaly.


    801. Option 2 is the option put forward by the Government in its Green
         Paper released in June 2008.  Implementation of this option will
         mean those promissory notes governed under the Corporations Act
         currently valued at greater than $50,000 would be regulated as
         debentures.  This approach is seen to address the perceived
         regulatory gap and inconsistent regulatory framework between
         promissory notes and debentures.


    802. Consequently, new issuers of promissory notes valued at more than
         $50,000 will have to meet the requirements of Chapters 2L and 6D -
         requiring the establishment of trustee arrangements and the issue
         of a prospectus.


                . This change will affect the issue of promissory notes to
                  retail clients only and will provide a clearer framework
                  to which issuers must adhere.


    803. From our understanding of the market, the majority of promissory
         notes (commonly termed commercial paper) on issue are valued at
         over $500,000.  We also understand that the majority of issuers are
         the major banks.  Any increased costs as a result of the proposed
         change would therefore be expected to be low relative to their
         overall operations.


    804. The greatest impact from this change is likely to be felt by
         issuers of promissory notes in the range of $50,000 to $500,000.
         Issuers in this range (who may or may not already be licensed
         depending on their business operations) will be required to
         establish trustee arrangements for the issue of promissory notes
         and comply with the prospectus disclosure requirements.  It is
         noted that most of these issuers are currently subject to other
         disclosure requirements, depending on the nature of the promissory
         note issue, including the obligation to provide a Product
         Disclosure Statement.  While the Product Disclosure Statement
         requirements differ from those applying to prospectuses, they
         result in a similar level of information being provided to retail
         investors.


    805. While affected entities may object to any changes being imposed on
         them in complying with the new disclosure and trustee arrangements,
         that number is expected to be relatively low and the costs not
         onerous.  Further targeted consultation will provide information in
         this regard.


    806. Option 2 offers a sensible approach to address an inconsistent
         legislative framework where many feel a regulatory gap exists.


    807. Option 3, self-regulation by the industry, may go some way to
         protecting investors provided that industry participants issue
         promissory notes as a regulated financial product and do not
         attempt to fight the system again as Westpoint did.  However it
         does not provide a complete answer.


    808. Through Option 2, issuers of promissory notes would be regulated
         like any other debenture issuer.  This framework would also provide
         a consistent approach.


    809. Currently, when a promissory note is issued valued at over $50,000,
         it may even be regulated as a financial product under Chapter 7
         more as an interest in managed investment scheme.  Yet a promissory
         note valued at less than $50,000 would be regulated under the
         framework for debentures.  This provides a level of complexity in
         the issue of promissory notes.  It makes sense therefore to include
         promissory notes valued at over $50,000 in the same regime as
         debentures.


    810. Under the debentures regime, all promissory notes issuers would
         therefore be required to establish trustee arrangements, including
         setting up a trust deed and appointing a trustee.  Amongst a range
         of duties, the trustee is required to protect the interests of
         debenture holders including to actively monitor the financial
         position and performance of the issuer.  This role has been further
         enhanced by the recently released ASIC guidelines for debenture
         issues.


    811. Trustees are also required to look after the interests of debenture
         holders by exercising reasonable diligence in monitoring the
         issuer's ability to repay the debentures - this is not required
         under the current framework for promissory notes.  Issuers are
         required to report regularly to the trustee and the trustees are
         also required to ascertain whether the issuer has committed any
         breach under the trust deed of Corporations Act and this includes
         general obligations to carry on their business in a proper and
         efficient manner.


    812. Additionally, ASIC has also issued a separate guide for retail
         investors interested in investing in debentures and this provides
         an additional level of additional information for investors to make
         appropriate decisions about their investments.


Conclusion


    813. The inconsistency in the regulation of debentures and promissory
         notes has raised a number of questions about whether this
         discrepancy could be exploited again.  The proposed harmonisation
         option would create more consistency in the regulation of both
         while also providing an opportunity to remove the anachronistic
         $50,000 threshold.


    814. Therefore, the preferred way forward is to remove the exclusion of
         promissory notes valued at over $50,000 from the definition of a
         debenture, resulting in debentures and promissory notes being
         consistently regulated as debentures under the Corporations Act.


Implementation and review


    815. Further targeted consultation will confirm whether this option is
         appropriate and identify any potential unexpected consequences,
         particularly within the commercial market.


    816. Targeted consultation will involve a six week consultation period.
         Those consulted will be based on the submissions on this subject
         received from the Green Paper.


    817. It is proposed that any proposed changes will be added to another
         Bill due to be tabled in the winter sittings next year.


    818. It is likely that no transitional period will be required as
         issuers will be well aware of the changes before final
         implementation and the impact would not be sufficient to warrant a
         transition phase.  This would also be subject to further review
         following final submissions.


    819. Any future review will be undertaken as deemed necessary and
         subject to the long-term effects on the marketplace and the
         regulator's advice.


    820. Ongoing enforcement and monitoring would be undertaken by the
         financial services regulator, ASIC.



    821. Index

Schedule 1:  Margin loans

|Bill reference                              |Paragraph     |
|                                            |number        |
|Item 1                                      |1.33          |
|Items 2 to 7                                |1.34          |
|Item 8                                      |1.37          |
|Item 9                                      |1.39          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(1)                 |1.40          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(2)                 |1.43          |
|Item 9, paragraph 761EA(2)(a)               |1.43          |
|Item 9, subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(i)         |1.43          |
|Item 9, subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(ii)        |1.43          |
|Item 9, paragraphs 761EA(2)(c) and (d)      |1.43          |
|Item 9, paragraph 761EA(2)(e)               |1.43          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(3)                 |1.44          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(4)                 |1.45          |
|Item 9, subparagraph 761EA(2)(b)(i)         |1.48          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(5)                 |1.54          |
|Item 9, paragraph 761EA(5)(a)               |1.54          |
|Item 9, paragraph 761EA(5)(b                |1.54          |
|Item 9, paragraph 761EA(5)(c)               |1.54          |
|Item 9, paragraph 761EA(5)(e)               |1.54          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(7)                 |1.55          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(6)                 |1.55          |
|Item 9, subsections 761EA(8) to (10)        |1.58          |
|Item 9, subsection 761EA(11)                |1.60          |
|Item 10                                     |1.35          |
|Item 11                                     |1.36          |
|Item 12, section 985E                       |1.62          |
|Item 12, subsection 985E(1)                 |1.63          |
|Item 12, subsection 985E(2)                 |1.64          |
|Item 12, subsection 985E(3)                 |1.65          |
|Item 12, section 985F                       |1.66          |
|Item 12, paragraphs 985G(1)(a) and (b)      |1.67          |
|Item 12, paragraphs 985G(1(c) and (d)       |1.67          |
|Item 12, subsection 985G(2)                 |1.67          |
|Item 12, subsection 985G(3)                 |1.77          |
|Item 12, section 985H                       |1.81          |
|Item 12, subsection 985H(1)                 |1.81          |
|Item 12, paragraph 985H(2)(a)               |1.82          |
|Item 12, paragraph 985H(2)(b)               |1.82          |
|Item 12, subsection 985H(3)                 |1.84          |
|Item 12, section 985J                       |1.86          |
|Item 12, subsection 985J(1)                 |1.87          |
|Item 12, subsection 985J(1), note 3         |1.88          |
|Item 12, subsection 985H(2)                 |1.89          |
|Item 12, subsection 985J(3)                 |1.90          |
|Item 12, subsection 985J(4)                 |1.91          |
|Item 12, subsection 985J(5)                 |1.92          |
|Item 12, section 985K                       |1.93          |
|Item 12, subsection 985K(1)                 |1.93          |
|Item 12, subsections 985K(2) to (6)         |1.94          |
|Item 12, subsection 985K(4)                 |1.95          |
|Item 12, subsection 985M(1)                 |1.96          |
|Item 12, subsection 985M(2)                 |1.99          |
|Item 12, subsection 985M(3)                 |1.101         |
|Item 12, subsection 985M(4)                 |1.102         |
|Item 12, subsections 985M(5) and (6)        |1.104         |
|Item 12, section 985L                       |1.105         |
|Items 13 and 14                             |1.106         |
|Item 14, subsection 766A(1A) and (1B)       |2.70          |
|Item 15                                     |1.107         |
|Item 16                                     |1.108         |




Schedule 2:  Regulation of trustee companies

|Bill reference                              |Paragraph     |
|                                            |number        |
|Items 1 and 2, subsection 12BA(1)           |2.226         |
|Item 2, item 3 in the table                 |2.228         |
|Item 3, subsections 12BAB(1A) and (1B)      |2.227         |
|Items 3 and 4, subsection 490(1), paragraph |2.217         |
|490(1)(c) and subsection 490(2)             |              |
|Item 4, subsection 5A(4)                    |2.216         |
|Item 6, paragraph 283AC(1)(aa)              |2.222         |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAC(3                 |2.25          |
|Item 9, section 601RAA and subsection       |2.26          |
|601RAB(3)                                   |              |
|Item 9, section 601RAD                      |2.28          |
|Item 9, section 601RAA                      |2.30          |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAE(2)                |2.35          |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAE(3)                |2.36          |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAE(4)                |2.37          |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAE(6)                |2.38          |
|Item 9, Part 5D.2, Division 1               |2.39          |
|Item 9, Part 5D.2, Divisions 2 and 3        |2.39          |
|Item 9, section 601SAA                      |2.41          |
|Item 9, section 601SAB                      |2.42          |
|Item 9, section 601SAC                      |2.43          |
|Item 9, section 601SBA                      |2.45          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SBB(1)                |2.47          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SBB(2)                |2.49          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SBB(3)                |2.50          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SBB(4)                |2.51          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SBC(1)                |2.52          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SBC(2)                |2.53          |
|Item 9, subsections 601SCA(1) and (2)       |2.56          |
|Item 9, subsections 601SCA(1) and (3)       |2.57          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SCB(1); item 28,      |2.59          |
|item 173C in the table                      |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601SCB(2); item 28, item |2.60          |
|173D in the table                           |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601SCB(3)                |2.61          |
|Item 9, section 601SCC                      |2.62          |
|Item 9, subsection 601SCA(4)                |2.63          |
|Item 9, section 601TAA                      |2.68          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601RAB(1)(a)              |2.18          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601TAB(1)(a)              |2.73          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601TAB(1)(b)              |2.73          |
|Item 9, paragraphs 601TAB(2)(a) and (b)     |2.75          |
|Item 9, subsection 601TBA(1)                |2.78          |
|Item 9, subsection 601TBA(2); item 28, item |2.79          |
|173H in the table and section 601XAA        |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601TBB(1)                |2.80          |
|Item 9, subsection 601TBB(2)                |2.80          |
|Item 9, section 601TBC                      |2.81          |
|Item 9, section 601TBD                      |2.82          |
|Item 9, subsection 601TBE(2)                |2.83          |
|Item 9, paragraphs 601TBE(3)(a) and (b)     |2.84          |
|Item 9, section 601TCA                      |2.86          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601TDB(1)(a)              |2.96          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601TDB(1)(b)              |2.96          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601TDB(1)(c)              |2.96          |
|Item 9, section 601TDC                      |2.99          |
|Item 9, subsections 601TDC(1) and (2)       |2.100         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDC(3)                |2.101         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDC(4)                |2.102         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDC(5)                |2.103         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDD(1)                |2.104         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDD(2)                |2.105         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDE(1)                |2.106         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TDE(2)                |2.107         |
|Item 9, section 601TDF                      |2.108         |
|Item 9, section 601TDG                      |2.109         |
|Item 9, section 601TDH                      |2.111         |
|Item 9, section 601TDI                      |2.112         |
|Item 9, section 601TDJ                      |2.113         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TEA(1)                |2.115         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TEA(2)                |2.116         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TEA(3)                |2.117         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TEA(4)                |2.118         |
|Item 9, subsections 601TEA(5) and (6)       |2.119         |
|Item 9, subsection 601TEB(1)                |2.120         |
|Item 9, subsections 601TEB(2) and (3)       |2.121         |
|Item 9, section 601UAA                      |2.124         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601UAA(1)(a)              |2.125         |
|Item 9, paragraphs 601UAA(1)(c) and (d)     |2.126         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601UAA(1)(b)              |2.127         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601UAA(1)(e)              |2.127         |
|Item 9, subsections 601UAA(1); item 27,     |2.128         |
|paragraph 1317E(1)(jaaa)                    |              |
|Item 9, subsections 601UAA(1) and (2); item |2.128         |
|28, item 173J in the table                  |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAA(3)                |2.129         |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAA(4)                |2.130         |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAB(1)                |2.131         |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAB(2); item 27,      |2.132         |
|paragraph 1317E(1)(jaab)                    |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAB(1); item 28, item |2.132         |
|173K in the table                           |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAB(3)                |2.133         |
|Item 9, subsection 601UAB(4)                |2.134         |
|Item 9, section 601VAA and Division 2 of    |2.136         |
|Part 5D.5                                   |              |
|Item 9, Division 2 of Part 5D.5             |2.136         |
|Item 9, sections 601VAC and 601VAD          |2.136         |
|Item 9, section 601VCA                      |2.136, 2.155  |
|Item 9, section 601VCC                      |2.136         |
|Item 9, section 601VAA                      |2.138         |
|Item 9, section 601VAB                      |2.139         |
|Item 9, section 601VBA                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBB                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBF                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBC                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBD                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBE                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBG                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VBH                      |2.142         |
|Item 9, section 601VCB                      |2.143         |
|Item 9, subsections 601VBI(1) and (2)       |2.144         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VBI(4                 |2.145         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VBI(3)                |2.146         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VBI(5)                |2.146         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VBD(8)                |2.147         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601VBF(1)(c)              |2.147         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VAC(1)                |2.148         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VAC(3)                |2.149         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VAC(2)                |2.150         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VAC(6)                |2.151         |
|Item 9, subsections 601VAD(1) and (2)       |2.152         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VAD(3)                |2.153         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VAD(4)                |2.154         |
|Item 9, subsections 601VCC(1) and (2)       |2.156         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VCC(1)                |2.157         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VCC(2)                |2.158         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VCC(3)                |2.159         |
|Item 9, subsection 601VCC(4)                |2.160         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WAA(1)                |2.164         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WAA(1)                |2.164         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WAA(2) and definition |2.166         |
|of authorised ASIC officer in section 601WAA|              |
|Item 9, paragraph 601WBA(2)(a)              |2.168         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601WBA(2)(a)              |2.168         |
|Item 9, section 601WCH                      |2.168         |
|Item 9, section 601WBB                      |2.168         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601WBA(2(b)(iv) and       |2.168         |
|section 601WBC                              |              |
|Item 9, subsections 601WBA(3) and (4)       |2.169         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBA(5)                |2.170         |
|Item 9, subsections 601WBD(1) and (2)       |2.171         |
|Item 9, subsections 601WBD(3) and (4)       |2.172         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBE(1)                |2.173         |
|Item 9, subsections 601WBE(2) and (3)       |2.174         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBE(5); item 28, item |2.175         |
|173P in the table                           |              |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBE(6)                |2.176         |
|Item 9, section 601WBF                      |2.177         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBG(1)                |2.178         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBG(2)                |2.179         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBG(4)                |2.179         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBG(3)                |2.180         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBG(5)                |2.181         |
|Item 9, section 601WBH                      |2.182         |
|Item 9, section 601WBI                      |2.183         |
|Item 9, section 601WBJ                      |2.184         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBK(1)                |2.185         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WBK(2)                |2.186         |
|Item 9, section 601WCA                      |2.187         |
|Item 9, sections 601WCB and 601WCC          |2.187         |
|Item 9, section 601WCD                      |2.187         |
|Item 9, section 601WCE                      |2.187         |
|Item 9, section 601WCF; item 28, item 173Q  |2.187         |
|in the table                                |              |
|Item 9, section 601WCG; item 28, item 173R  |2.187         |
|in the table                                |              |
|Item 9, section 601WCH                      |2.187         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WDA(1)                |2.190         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601WDA(1)(b)              |2.191         |
|Item 9, subsection 601WDA(2)                |2.192         |
|Item 9, subsections 601XAA(1) and 601XAA(3) |2.194         |
|Item 9, subsection 601XAA(2)                |2.195         |
|Item 9, subsection 601XAA(4)                |2.196         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAA(1)                |2.198         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAA(2)                |2.199         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAA(3)                |2.200         |
|Item 9, subsections 601YAA(4)               |2.200         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAA(5)                |2.201         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAA(6)                |2.202         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAB(1)                |2.203         |
|Item 9, subsection 601YAB(2)                |2.205         |
|Item 9, paragraph 601RAB(1)(b)              |2.18          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601RAB(2(a)               |2.19          |
|Item 9, paragraph 601RAB(2)(b)              |2.19          |
|Item 9, section 601RAA                      |2.20, 2.29,   |
|                                            |2.31, 2.32    |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAC(1)                |2.22          |
|Item 9, subsection 601RAC(2)                |2.22          |
|Items 10 and 11, section 761A and paragraph |2.215         |
|761A(e)                                     |              |
|Items 12 to 14, section 761A                |2.221         |
|Items 15 and 16, subsection 761G(6A)        |2.71, 2.207   |
|Items 17 and 18, subsection 761G(7) and     |2.209         |
|section 761GA                               |              |
|Item 19, subsection 766A(1A)                |2.210         |
|Item 19, subsection 766A(1B)                |2.211         |
|Item 20, subsection 911A(4)                 |2.212         |
|Items 21 to 23, subparagraphs               |2.214         |
|912D(1)(a)(iii) and 912D(1)(a)(iv)          |              |
|Item 24, paragraph 915B(3)(ca)              |2.213         |
|Item 25, paragraph 981A(2)(ca)              |2.218         |
|Item 26, paragraph 1311(1A)(daa)            |2.223         |
|Item 26, paragraph 1311(1A)(daa)            |2.219         |
|Item 27, paragraphs 1317E(1)(jaaa) and      |2.224         |
|(jaab)                                      |              |
|Item 27, paragraph 1317(1)(jaaa) and (jab)  |2.220         |
|Item 28, item 173B in the table             |2.54          |
|Item 28, item 173F in the table             |2.69          |
|Item 28, item 173A in the table             |2.48          |
|Item 28, item 173M in the table             |2.147         |
|Item 28, item 173L in the table             |2.140         |
|Item 28, item 173G in the table             |2.74          |
|Section 601TDA                              |2.91          |
|Section 1493                                |2.232         |
|Section 1494                                |2.233         |
|Paragraph 1495(2)(a)                        |2.234         |
|Paragraph 1495(2)(b)                        |2.235         |
|Paragraph 1495(2)(c)                        |2.236         |
|Subsection 1495(3)                          |2.237         |
|Section 1496                                |2.238         |


Schedule 3:  Regulation of debentures

|Bill reference                              |Paragraph     |
|                                            |number        |
|Item 1, section 9, paragraph (d), of        |3.18          |
|definition of debenture                     |              |
|Item 2, section 283BC                       |3.22          |
|Item 3, section 283BCA                      |3.24          |


Schedule 4:  Technical amendment relating to jurisdiction of courts

|Bill reference                              |Paragraph     |
|                                            |number        |
|Item 1, subsection 1338B(8)                 |4.4           |


Schedule 5:  Application and transitional provisions

|Bill reference                              |Paragraph     |
|                                            |number        |
|Division 1, subsections 1489(1) to (3)      |1.113         |
|Division 1, section 1490                    |1.114         |
|Division 1, section 1491                    |1.115         |
|Division 1, section 1492                    |1.116         |
|Division 1, section 1487                    |1.110         |
|Division 1, section 1488                    |1.111         |
|Division 1, subsection 1489(1)              |1.112         |
|Section 1498                                |3.28, 3.29    |



Do not remove section break.




-----------------------
[1]
[2]     Australian Mortgage Industry - Volume 7, Fujitsu and JPMorgan,
  March 2008.
[3]    Complexity to be Tackled in Financial Services Working Group to
  Start Immediately, Joint press release by Ministers Sherry and Tanner, 5
  February 2008.
[4]     This data was provided by the TCA.  It covers TCA member trustee
  companies and State
   Trustees Ltd.
[5]     This figure includes State Trustees Ltd.
[6]     Trustee Companies Act 1947 (ACT); Trustee Companies Act 1964 (NSW);
   Companies (Trustee and Personal Representatives) Act 1981 (NT); Trustee
   Companies Act 1968 (QLD); Trustee Companies Act 1988 (SA); Trustee
   Companies Act 1953 (TAS); Trustee Companies Act 1984 (VIC); and Trustee
   Companies Act 1987 (WA)
[7]    Trustee Act 1925 (ACT); Trustee Act 1925 (NSW); Trustee Act 1979
  (NT); Trusts Act 1973 (QLD); Trustee Act 1936 (SA); Trustee Act 1898
  (TAS); Trustee Act 1958 (VIC); Trustees Act 1962 (WA)
[8]     ANZ Trustees; Elders Trustees Ltd; National Australia Trustees;
  State Trustees Limited
[9]     There are two jurisdictions with over seven operators, three
  jurisdictions with between five and six operators, the Australian Capital
  Territory has one operator, with three other operators conducting
  business in the territory without a permanent office, Tasmania has only
  one operator and the Northern Territory has only one operator conducting
  business in the territory without a permanent office.
[10]     The ACT did not respond to the question.
[11]     Information Sheet 30, Fees for commonly lodged documents, ASIC, 6
  August 2008.



 


[Index] [Search] [Download] [Bill] [Help]